TWINLAB CORP
S-1/A, 1996-07-11
MEDICINAL CHEMICALS & BOTANICAL PRODUCTS
Previous: VISUAL EDGE SYSTEMS INC, 8-A12G, 1996-07-11
Next: TWINLAB CORP, 8-A12G, 1996-07-11



<PAGE>
 
      
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY  , 1996     
 
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-05191
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                                ---------------
                                
                             AMENDMENT NO. 2     
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                                ---------------
                              
                           TWINLAB CORPORATION     
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
         DELAWARE                    2833                    11-3317986
           (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)
                                                          (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     (STATE OR OTHER                                    IDENTIFICATION NO.)
     JURISDICTION OF
     INCORPORATION OR
      ORGANIZATION)
 
                             2120 SMITHTOWN AVENUE
                          RONKONKOMA, NEW YORK 11779
                                (516) 467-3140
              (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                ---------------
 
     PHILIP M. KAZIN, ESQ.  COPY TO: HOWARD A. SOBEL,
       GENERAL COUNSEL                 ESQ.               NICHOLAS P. SAGGESE,
                            KRAMER, LEVIN, NAFTALIS &             ESQ.
   TWINLAB CORPORATION               FRANKEL              MARK C. SMITH, ESQ.
    2120 SMITHTOWN AVENUE
  RONKONKOMA, NEW YORK 11779     919 THIRD AVENUE        SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE,
        (516) 467-3140       NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022        MEAGHER & FLOM
                                  (212) 715-9100            300 SOUTH GRAND
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP                                    AVENUE
 CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,                                  LOS ANGELES,
INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT                               CALIFORNIA 90017
         FOR SERVICE)                                        (213) 687-5000
 
                                ---------------
 
  APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]
 
  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
 
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same offering. [_]
 
 If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                                    AGGREGATE        AMOUNT OF
              TITLE OF SECURITIES                    OFFERING       REGISTRATION
                TO BE REGISTERED                     PRICE(1)          FEE(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>
Common Stock, $1.00 par value..................    $130,000,000    $44,828.00(3)
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3) Includes $44,828.00 previously paid.
 
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               
                            TWINLAB CORPORATION     
 
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
 
  PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K SHOWING LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF
              INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEMS IN PART I OF FORM S-1
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 ITEM NO.                         LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
                 --------                         ----------------------
 <C>                                       <S>
  1.Forepart of the Registration State-
      ment and
      Outside Front Cover Page of Pro-     Facing Page; Outside Front Cover
      spectus............................   Page
  2.Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
      Pages of Prospectus................  Inside Front Cover Page, Outside
                                            Back Cover Page
  3.Summary Information, Risk Factors and
      Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
  4.Use of Proceeds......................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
  5.Determination of Offering Price......  Outside Front Cover Page; Risk
                                            Factors; Underwriting
  6.Dilution.............................  Risk Factors; Dilution
  7.Selling Security Holders.............  Not Applicable
  8.Plan of Distribution.................  Outside Cover Page; Underwriting
  9.Description of Securities to be Reg-   Outside Cover Page; Prospectus
      istered ...........................   Summary; Risk Factors; Dividend
                                            Policy; Capitalization;
                                            Description of Capital Stock;
                                            Shares Eligible for Future Sale
 10.Interests of Named Experts and Coun-
      sel ...............................  Experts; Legal Matters
 11.Information with Respect to the Reg-   Outside Cover Page; Prospectus
      istrant ...........................   Summary; Risk Factors; Dividend
                                            Policy; Dilution; Selected
                                            Historical Financial Data;
                                            Management's Discussion and
                                            Analysis of Financial Condition
                                            and Results of Operations;
                                            Business; Management; Certain
                                            Relationships and Related
                                            Transactions; Principal
                                            Stockholders; Description of
                                            Certain Indebtedness; Description
                                            of Notes; Description of Capital
                                            Stock; Shares Eligible for Future
                                            Sale; Consolidated Financial
                                            Statements
 12.Disclosure of Commission Position on
      Indemnification for Securities Act
      Liabilities........................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                   
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 11, 1996     
 
PROSPECTUS
    , 1996
 
                                       SHARES
                               
                            TWINLAB CORPORATION     
                                  COMMON STOCK
   
  All of the     shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share (the "Common
Stock"), offered hereby are being sold by Twinlab Corporation ("TLC" or the
"Company"). Of the            shares of Common Stock offered by the Company,
           shares are being offered for sale in the United States and Canada by
the U.S. Underwriters (the "U.S. Offering") and           shares are being
offered for sale outside the United States and Canada in a concurrent offering
by the International Managers (the "International Offering" and, together with
the U.S. Offering, the "Offerings"), subject to transfers between the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Managers. See "Underwriting."     
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be
between $   and $   per share. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price.
   
  The Company has applied for listing of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "TWLB."     
   
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 10 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN THE COMMON STOCK.     
 
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
   SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.   ANY
      REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      UNDERWRITING    PROCEEDS
                                          PRICE  TO   DISCOUNTS AND    TO THE
                                         THE PUBLIC  COMMISSIONS (1) COMPANY (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>             <C>
Per Share..............................    $              $             $
Total (3)..............................  $             $             $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the several U.S. Underwriters and the
    International Managers (collectively, the "Underwriters") against certain
    liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $   .
(3) The Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters a 30-day option to
    purchase up to an aggregate of     additional shares of Common Stock on the
    same terms as set forth above solely for the purpose of covering over-
    allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total Price to
    the Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, and Proceeds to the
    Company will be $   , $   , and $   , respectively. See "Underwriting."
 
  The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters,
when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters against payment
therefor and subject to various prior conditions, including their right to
reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the
certificates representing the shares will be made in New York, New York, on or
about    , 1996.
 
                          DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                   SECURITIES CORPORATION
<PAGE>
 
 
 
 
                               [COMPANY PRODUCTS]
<PAGE>
 
IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK
AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, INC. OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") in Washington, D.C. a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the
"Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the Common
Stock offered hereby. As used herein, the term "Registration Statement" means
the initial Registration Statement and any and all amendments thereto. This
Prospectus omits certain information contained in the Registration Statement
as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further
information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby,
reference is made to the Registration Statement, including the exhibits
thereto. Statements herein concerning the contents of any contract or other
document are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made
to such contract or other document filed with the Commission as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified by and subject
to such reference in all respects.
   
  As a result of the Offerings, the Company will become subject to the
informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and in accordance therewith will file reports and other information with the
Commission. Reports, registration statements, proxy statements and other
information filed by the Company with the Commission can be inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549,
and at the Commission's Regional Offices: 500 West Madison Avenue, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New
York 10048. Copies of such materials can be obtained at prescribed rates from
the Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room
1024, Washington, D.C. 20549. The Commission also maintains a site on the
World Wide Web, the address of which is http://www.sec.gov, that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding
issuers, such as the Company, that file electronically with the Commission.
    
  The Company intends to furnish holders of the Common Stock with annual
reports containing among other information, audited financial statements
certified by an independent public accounting firm and quarterly reports
containing unaudited condensed financial information for the first three
quarters of each fiscal year. The Company also intends to furnish such other
reports as it may determine or as may be required by law.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
   
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements,
including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. As used in
this Prospectus, the term "Continuing Stockholders" collectively refers to
Brian, Dean, Neil, Ross and Steve Blechman and Stephen Welling, and the term
"Stockholders" collectively refers to the Continuing Stockholders together with
David and Jean Blechman. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term
"Company" refers to (a) TLC and, as applicable, its direct and indirect
subsidiaries, Twin Laboratories Inc. and Advanced Research Press, Inc. ("ARP"),
when used with respect to information about events occurring upon completion of
or after the Acquisition (as defined herein) or when giving pro forma effect
thereto and (b) collectively Natur-Pharma Inc., Twin Laboratories Inc., Alvita
Products, Inc., Twinlab Export Corp., Twinlab Specialty Corporation, B. Bros.
Realty Corporation and Advanced Research Press, Inc., all of which were
affiliated entities, as such entities existed prior to the consummation of the
Acquisition, when used with respect to historical information contained herein.
On June 7, 1996, the name of the Company was changed from TLG Laboratories
Holding Corp. to Twinlab Corporation. Except where otherwise indicated, the
information in this Prospectus (i) assumes that the over-allotment option
granted to the Underwriters will not be exercised and (ii) gives effect to a
    for 1 stock split with respect to the Common Stock which will be effected
prior to the consummation of the Offerings.     
 
                                  THE COMPANY
   
  The Company is the leading manufacturer and marketer of brand name
nutritional supplements sold through domestic health food stores. Since the
Company's founding in 1968 by David and Jean Blechman, the Company has
emphasized the development and introduction of high-quality, unique products in
response to emerging trends in the nutritional supplement industry. The Company
produces a full line of nutritional supplements and offers the broadest product
line in the industry with more than 800 products and 1,500 stockkeeping units
(SKU's). The Company's product line includes vitamins, minerals, amino acids,
fish and marine oils, sports nutrition products and special formulas marketed
under the TWINLAB (R) trademark and a full line of herbal supplements and
phytonutrients and herb teas marketed under the Nature's Herbs (R) and
Alvita (R) trademarks, respectively. None of the Company's products
individually accounted for more than 7% of total net sales in 1995. The
Company's broad product line, strong history of new product introductions and
innovations, superior marketing and advertising programs and premium product
quality have established TWINLAB, Nature's Herbs and Alvita as leading brands
in the nutritional supplement industry.     
   
  Under the management of Mr. and Mrs. Blechman's five sons, the Company has
diversified its product line through internal growth, product development and
selected acquisitions, including the acquisition in 1989 of Natur-Pharma Inc.,
a leading manufacturer and marketer of herbal supplements and phytonutrients
under the Nature's Herbs brand name, and the acquisition in 1991 of Alvita
Products, Inc., a leading marketer of herb teas. The Company has achieved
increased net sales and income from operations every year since 1990. In
particular, during the three-year period from 1993 through 1995, the Company
achieved a compound annual growth rate in net sales and income from operations
of 22.0% and 37.8%, respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995,
the Company achieved net sales growth of 26.8% to $148.7 million and growth in
income from operations of 31.3% to $31.6 million, as compared to fiscal year
1994. For the six months ended June 30, 1996, the Company achieved net sales of
$     million and income from operations of $     million, representing an
increase of     % and     %, respectively, as compared to the six months ended
June 30, 1995.     
 
  The Company's products target consumers who utilize nutritional supplements
in their daily diet and who demand premium quality ingredients in a broad
variety of dosages and delivery methods. The Company's products compete
primarily in the health food store market, where the dominant competitive
factors include product attributes such as quality, potency and the uniqueness
of the product formulation. The Company sells its products domestically through
a network of approximately 60 distributors, who service approximately 11,000
health food stores and other selected retail outlets. The Company believes that
its products are available in over
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
   
90% of the health food stores in the United States. The health food store
channel of distribution has expanded significantly in recent years and is
expected to grow further as national chains, including those which sell the
Company's products such as General Nutrition Companies, Inc. ("GNC"), Whole
Foods Market ("WFM"), Wild Oats Markets, Fresh Fields, and other industry
participants continue to add stores in new and existing markets. Certain of
these chains, such as GNC and WFM, manufacture and market their own private
label products in addition to selling brand name products manufactured by third
parties such as the Company. The health food store market differs significantly
from the mass market for vitamin and other nutritional supplements where price
and convenience constitute the primary bases of competition. The nutritional
supplement products sold in grocery stores, drug stores and mass merchandisers
are typically manufactured by large pharmaceutical companies and private label
manufacturers. The Company's products are also offered in Europe, Asia, South
America and other international markets through arrangements with overseas
distributors.     
   
  The Company believes it is well positioned to capitalize on the growth of the
nutritional supplement market. Based on estimates in a 1994 market report
conducted by Packaged Facts (the "Packaged Facts Report"), an independent
research firm, the retail market for vitamins, minerals and other nutritional
supplements has grown at a compound annual rate of greater than 12% from $3.3
billion in 1991 to over $4.6 billion in 1994. Furthermore, the Company's rate
of sales growth has exceeded the industry's growth rate for each year during
this period. Packaged Facts forecasts approximately 7% annual industry growth
through the end of the decade in vitamins, minerals and other supplements,
which management believes will be fueled by (i) favorable demographic trends
towards older Americans, who are more likely to consume nutritional
supplements; (ii) product introductions in response to new scientific research
findings; (iii) the nationwide trend toward preventive medicine in response to
rising health care costs; and (iv) the heightened understanding and awareness
of the connection between diet and health. Moreover, although the industry has
grown dramatically in recent years, there is still a large untapped domestic
market as only an estimated 50% of Americans currently consume vitamins,
minerals and herbal supplements on a regular basis.     
 
                               BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  The Company's strategy is to continue to enhance its leadership position in
the domestic sale of vitamins, minerals and other nutritional supplements in
health food stores and to increase its market share and sales while continuing
to improve its overall operating efficiency and financial performance. The
Company intends to capitalize on the TWINLAB brand name by growing market share
domestically, increasing penetration of the Company's other brands, continuing
to introduce new products and product extensions, and expanding
internationally. Specifically, the Company seeks to:
 
  Capitalize on Powerful Brand Name Recognition. The Company's recognized
product quality, broad product line, strong history of new product
introductions and innovations, and superior marketing and advertising programs
have established TWINLAB, Nature's Herbs and Alvita as leading brands in the
nutritional supplement industry. Each of the Company's product categories,
including vitamins, minerals and amino acids; sports nutrition; special
formulas; herbal supplements and phytonutrients; and herb teas, have posted
double digit sales growth in each of the last three years. The Company's
extensive marketing and advertising programs have been critical components of
its products' strong brand name recognition, and management believes that the
Company offers its customers the strongest marketing and advertising support
programs in the industry. In fiscal 1995, the Company invested $11.1 million,
an increase of 27% over fiscal 1994, in marketing and advertising to promote
its products. Furthermore, since quality is a critical factor in consumer
purchase decisions, the Company believes that its premium quality ingredients,
modern manufacturing facilities and comprehensive quality control procedures
have enabled the Company to establish a competitive advantage based on the
quality of its products.
 
  Increase Penetration in the Growing Health Food Market. Management believes
that the expansion of retail distribution channels and the strong growth
characteristics of the nutritional supplement industry provide the Company with
significant opportunities to increase sales. Management further believes that
the established
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
brand name recognition of the Company's products positions it to increase its
penetration of shelf space as health food retailers seek to align themselves
with companies who possess strong brand names, offer a wide range of products,
demonstrate continued marketing and advertising support and provide
consistently high levels of customer service. Since Nature's Herbs and Alvita
products currently are available in only an estimated 60% and 50%,
respectively, of domestic health food stores, compared to an estimated 90% for
TWINLAB products, the Company believes that it will be able to capitalize on
health food retailers' success with the TWINLAB product line in order to
significantly increase shelf space for the Company's herbal supplements,
phytonutrients and herb teas.
 
  Continue to Introduce New Products and Product Innovations. A cornerstone of
the Company's success has been its ability to rapidly utilize recent scientific
and medical findings in its new product development efforts. The Company has
consistently been among the first in its industry to introduce new products and
product innovations which anticipate and meet customer demands for newly
identified nutritional supplement benefits. Furthermore, the Company's
geographically diverse network of more than 60 distributors allows the Company
to achieve immediate and broad distribution for new product launches. As part
of its ongoing research and development effort, the Company maintains an
extensive database and actively researches and monitors a wide variety of
publications containing scientific and medical research. From 1991 through
1995, the Company introduced over 350 products, with over 90 new products
introduced in 1995 alone. Gross sales during 1995 from new products introduced
in 1995 were $18.4 million, or approximately 11% of gross sales. The Company
intends to build upon its historical success by continuing to introduce new and
innovative products not previously available in health food stores.
 
  Build Upon Established Customer Relationships. The Company's established
relationships with distributors and health food store retailers are based upon
the Company's long-standing commitment to a high level of customer service. In
order to ensure that its customers receive prompt and reliable service, the
Company has designed a flexible and responsive manufacturing process and has
achieved a 98% fill rate for customer orders. In addition, the Company's sales
force consists of 30 dedicated sales professionals who operate in sales
territories which cover the entire continental United States and Alaska. The
primary functions of the Company's sales force are to gain better placement and
additional shelf space for the Company's products and to stay abreast of
customer needs. The sales force personnel work with direct accounts,
distributors and individual retailers to enhance knowledge of TWINLAB, Nature's
Herbs and Alvita products and to achieve maximum exposure for these products.
   
  Increase Penetration of Foreign Markets. Management believes that there are
substantial opportunities for the Company to expand its presence in foreign
markets. The Company has a department, headed by a senior sales professional,
dedicated to increasing sales in such markets. The Company's foreign marketing
effort is primarily focused on establishing additional relationships with
leading overseas distributor organizations as a cost-effective method of
increasing international sales. The Company presently has distribution
agreements covering over 44 foreign countries and has agreements for another
seven countries currently in negotiation. In 1995, the Company had net sales of
$8.3 million to foreign markets.     
 
  Supplement Internal Growth Through Strategic Acquisitions. As the nutritional
supplement industry is highly fragmented with many companies producing only a
single product line or single product, the Company believes that it is
strategically positioned to participate in the consolidation of the industry
due to its established brand name, broad distribution capabilities and proven
ability to generate sales of its products through successful marketing
programs. Since 1989 the Company has acquired two businesses, Natur-Pharma Inc.
(Nature's Herbs) and Alvita Products, Inc. (Alvita), and in each case has
embarked on successful expansion programs which resulted in substantially
higher sales and income from operations for the acquired companies. Net sales
for Natur-Pharma Inc. increased from $5.2 million in 1990 (the first full year
after its acquisition) to $17.9 million in 1995, and net sales for Alvita
Products, Inc. increased from $1.7 million in 1992 (the first full year after
its acquisition)
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
   
to $5.6 million in 1995. The Company intends to actively pursue acquisition
opportunities, including product line acquisitions, that complement its
existing products or are compatible with its business philosophy and strategic
goals. Some of such acquisition opportunities may be material and some are
currently under investigation, discussion or negotiation. There can be no
assurance that any such opportunities will result in a completed acquisition.
Future acquisitions could be financed by internally generated funds, bank
borrowings, public offerings or private placements of equity or debt
securities, or a combination of the foregoing. See "Risk Factors--Risks of
Future Acquisitions."     
 
                                THE ACQUISITION
   
  The Stockholders, TLC, Natur-Pharma Inc. and Green Equity Investors II, L.P.
("GEI") entered into a Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 5,
1996, as amended (the "Acquisition Agreement"), pursuant to which, among other
things, on May 7, 1996 (i) GEI acquired 48% of the Common Stock of TLC for
aggregate consideration of $4.8 million and shares of non-voting junior
redeemable preferred stock of TLC (the "Junior Preferred Stock") for aggregate
consideration of $37.0 million, (ii) certain other investors acquired 7% of the
Common Stock of TLC for aggregate consideration of $0.7 million and shares of
non-voting senior redeemable preferred stock of TLC (the "Senior Preferred
Stock," and, together with the Junior Preferred Stock, the "Preferred Stock")
for aggregate consideration of $30.0 million, (iii) the Continuing Stockholders
exchanged certain of their shares of common stock of Natur-Pharma Inc. for 45%
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of TLC, valued at $4.5 million, (iv)
TLC purchased all of the remaining shares of common stock of Natur-Pharma Inc.
from the Stockholders for cash, resulting in Natur-Pharma Inc. becoming a
wholly owned subsidiary of TLC, (v) Twin Laboratories Inc., Alvita Products,
Inc., Twinlab Export Corp., Twinlab Specialty Corporation and B. Bros. Realty
Corporation merged into Natur-Pharma Inc. (the "Natur-Pharma Merger"); and
Advanced Research Press, Inc. merged with Natur-Pharma II Inc., a wholly owned
subsidiary of Natur-Pharma Inc. (the surviving entity in such merger is
referred to herein as "ARP"), and (vi) in connection with such mergers the
Stockholders received cash in consideration for all of their shares of capital
stock of Twin Laboratories Inc., Alvita Products, Inc., Twinlab Export Corp.,
Twinlab Specialty Corporation, B. Bros. Realty Corporation and Advanced
Research Press, Inc. The total cash consideration that the Stockholders
received was approximately $212.5 million, the majority of which was paid to
David and Jean Blechman. Of the total cash consideration to the Stockholders,
approximately $15 million represented consideration for the Non-Competition
Agreements (as defined herein). See "Management--Employment Agreements." The
transactions described above are hereinafter referred to as the "Acquisition."
Concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition, the Company entered into
the New Credit Facility (which provides for a term facility in the amount of
$53.0 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of $15.0 million)
(the "New Credit Facility") and issued $100.0 million principal amount of 10
1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Note Offering; and collectively
with the Acquisition and the New Credit Facility, the "Transactions"). The net
cash proceeds of the Note Offering were used, together with borrowings under
the New Credit Facility, the proceeds from the issuance of the Common Stock and
Preferred Stock of TLC and available cash of the Company, to finance the
Acquisition, to refinance approximately $7.9 million aggregate principal amount
of debt of the Company and to pay related fees and expenses. See "Description
of Certain Indebtedness" and "Description of Capital Stock." In connection with
the Acquisition, Natur-Pharma Inc.'s name was changed to Twin Laboratories Inc.
    
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
 
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 
Common Stock offered by
 the Company
 
U.S. Offering...........      shares
 
                              shares
International Offering..
     
Common Stock to be
 outstanding after the
 Offerings..............      shares
 
Use of Proceeds ........  The net proceeds of the Offerings will be used to
                          redeem all of the outstanding shares of Senior
                          Preferred Stock and all of the outstanding shares of
                          Junior Preferred Stock, which together have an
                          aggregate liquidation preference of $67.0 million
                          (plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) and to
                          prepay in full the $50.0 million of outstanding
                          indebtedness under the term loan facility contained
                          in the New Credit Facility, plus accrued and unpaid
                          interest thereon. Subsequent to the Transactions, the
                          Company repaid approximately $3.0 million of
                          outstanding indebtedness under the term loan facility
                          contained in the New Credit Facility. The balance of
                          the net proceeds of the Offerings will be used for
                          general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
   
Proposed Nasdaq
 National Market
 symbol............          
                          TWLB     
 
 
 
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 
                SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
   
  The summary information below presents historical consolidated financial data
and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data for the periods
indicated which have been derived from audited and unaudited financial
statements of the Company. The results for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the full fiscal year. The summary
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated operating data for the year ended
December 31, 1995, and the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 give effect
to (i) the Note Offering and the New Credit Facility and the application of the
net proceeds therefrom, (ii) the Acquisition (including the Company's
conversion of tax status from an "S" corporation to a "C" corporation and other
tax consequences related to the Acquisition) and related transactions, and
(iii) the Offerings and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, as if
each of the Transactions and the Offerings had been consummated as of January
1, 1995. The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to the Offerings as if
the Offerings had been consummated on June 30, 1996. See "Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Consolidated Financial Data" and the notes thereto. The pro forma
financial data set forth below may not necessarily be indicative of the results
that would have been achieved had the Transactions and the Offerings been
consummated as of the dates indicated or that may be achieved in the future.
The summary historical and pro forma financial data should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations," "Selected Historical Financial Data" and the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.     
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SIX MONTHS
                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               ENDED JUNE 30,
                         ---------------------------------------------  ----------------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
                          1991     1992     1993      1994      1995     1995     1996
                         -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
OPERATING DATA:
 Net sales.............. $70,165  $83,014  $99,897  $117,342  $148,735  $69,820  $
 Gross profit...........  25,501   31,800   37,766    47,095    58,803   27,774
 Operating expenses.....  14,570   17,463   21,125    23,022    27,191   13,779
 Income from operations.  10,931   14,337   16,641    24,073    31,612   13,995
 Net income.............  10,162   13,435   16,676    21,693    30,224   13,729
 PRO FORMA:(A)
 Historical income be-
  fore provision for in-
  come taxes............ $10,331  $14,010  $16,906  $ 21,938  $ 30,464  $13,821  $
 Pro forma provision for
  income taxes..........   4,017    5,436    6,644     9,087    12,060    5,471
                         -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  -------
 Pro forma net income... $ 6,314  $ 8,574  $10,262  $ 12,851  $ 18,404  $ 8,350  $
                         =======  =======  =======  ========  ========  =======  =======
 Pro forma net income
  per share.............                                      $
                                                              ========           =======
 Weighted average shares
  outstanding(b)........
                                                              ========           =======
OTHER DATA:
 Capital expenditures... $ 1,472  $ 1,304  $ 4,904  $  1,786  $  2,641  $ 2,073  $
 Net sales growth.......    17.4%    18.3%    20.3%     17.5%     26.8%     --         %
 Net income growth......    24.9     32.2     24.1      30.1      39.3      --
 Income from operations
  margin(c).............    15.6     17.3     16.7      20.5      21.3     20.0%
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                               SIX MONTHS
                                                             ENDED JUNE 30,
                                              YEAR ENDED     ---------------
                                           DECEMBER 31, 1995  1995    1996
                                           ----------------- ------- -------
                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                        <C>               <C>     <C>     <C>
PRO FORMA DATA:
 Net sales................................     $148,735      $69,820 $
 Income from operations...................       31,212       13,795
 Net income...............................       12,210        5,049
 Net income per share.....................
 Weighted average shares outstanding(b)...
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                       AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                                       --------------------
                                                       HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
                                                       ---------- ---------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities..  $          $
 Net working capital (excluding cash and cash equiva-
  lents, marketable securities and current debt) .....
 Total assets.........................................
 Total debt (including current debt)..................
 Shareholders' equity (deficit).......................
</TABLE>    
- -------
(a) The Company consisted of S corporations and, accordingly, federal and state
  taxes were generally paid at the shareholder level only. Upon consummation of
  the Transactions, the Company eliminated its S corporation status and,
  accordingly, became subject to federal and state income taxes.
          
(b) Weighted average shares outstanding represents the number of equivalent
  shares outstanding after giving retroactive effect to TLC's     for 1 stock
  split and assumes that the   shares of Common Stock offered hereby are
  outstanding during each of the periods indicated. See Notes to the
  Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included elsewhere in this
  Prospectus.     
   
(c) Income from operations margin equals income from operations as a percentage
  of net sales.     
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
  Prospective purchasers of the Common Stock should carefully consider the
following risk factors, as well as the other information contained, and
incorporated by reference, in this Prospectus before making an investment in
the Common Stock. Information contained or incorporated by reference in this
Prospectus contains "forward-looking statements" which can be identified by the
use of forward-looking terminology such as "believes," "expects," "may,"
"will," "should" or "anticipates" or the negative thereof or other variations
thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy. See, e.g.,
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," "Prospectus Summary--Business Strategy," and "Business--Business
Strategy." No assurance can be given that the future results covered by the
forward-looking statements will be achieved. The following matters constitute
cautionary statements identifying important factors with respect to such
forward-looking statements, including certain risks and uncertainties, that
could cause actual results to vary materially from the future results covered
in such forward-looking statements. Other factors could also cause actual
results to vary materially from the future results covered in such forward-
looking statements.
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
  The Company believes that its continued success depends to a significant
extent on the management and other skills of Brian Blechman, Dean Blechman,
Neil Blechman, Ross Blechman and Steve Blechman (the "Blechman Brothers"), as
well as its ability to retain other key employees and to attract skilled
personnel in the future to manage the growth of the Company. The loss or
unavailability of the services of one or more of the Blechman Brothers could
have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company has entered into
long-term employment agreements with each of the Blechman Brothers and upon
completion of the Offerings each of the Blechman Brothers will own
approximately   % of the outstanding Common Stock. See "Management" and
"Prospectus Summary--The Acquisition."
   
CERTAIN GOVERNMENT ACTION AND ADVERSE PUBLICITY REGARDING CERTAIN PRODUCTS
CONTAINING EPHEDRINE     
   
  Approximately 14 of the Company's products include a Chinese herb known as
"Ma Huang," which contains naturally-occurring ephedrine. Such products
accounted for approximately 11.7% of the Company's net sales for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1995, and approximately 10.5% of the Company's net
sales for the six months ended June 30, 1996. The Company's products which
contain Ma Huang are generally marketed for bodybuilding, weight loss, sports
nutrition and for other purposes, including increased endurance and energy,
generally in conjunction with diet or exercise, and as natural alternatives to
over-the-counter medications.     
          
  Ma Huang has been the subject of certain adverse publicity in the United
States and other countries relating to alleged harmful effects, including the
deaths of several individuals. The death in Florida of a Long Island college
student on March 6, 1996, reportedly from over-ingestion of an ephedrine-
containing product (which was not manufactured or distributed by the Company),
received significant coverage in the press and national media. On April 10,
1996, the FDA issued a statement (the "Statement") warning consumers not to
purchase or consume dietary supplements containing ephedrine with labels that
often portray the products as apparent alternatives to illegal street drugs.
None of the Company's products which contain Ma Huang are marketed for such
purpose. The Statement explains that the products portrayed as alternatives to
illegal street drugs pose significant health risks to consumers--dizziness,
headache, gastrointestinal distress, irregular heartbeat, heart palpitations,
heart attack, strokes, seizures, psychosis and death--and that the labels on
such products claim or imply that they produce such effects as euphoria,
increased sexual sensations, heightened awareness, increased energy and other
effects. The FDA is currently considering whether it should prohibit, limit
potencies or place other restrictions on the sale of products containing Ma
Huang. There can be no assurance that the FDA will not seek to impose
additional regulations on products which contain Ma Huang, including those
marketed by the Company.     
   
  While a number of states and local governmental entities have instituted bans
on sales of Ma Huang-containing products that are portrayed as apparent
alternatives to illegal street drugs, certain other states and foreign
jurisdictions limit ephedrine levels and require appropriate warnings on
product labels, regulate ephedrine-containing products as controlled substances
or prohibit the sales of products which contain Ma Huang     
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
   
other than by licensed pharmacists. For instance, the legislature of Nassau
County, New York recently enacted a local law prohibiting the sale of all
ephedrine-containing products to persons under 18 years of age, and prohibiting
the sale or distribution of all ephedrine-containing products claiming to
produce such effects as euphoria, increased sexual sensations, heightened
awareness, increased energy, legal "highs" and other similar effects (although
the law allows the sale of ephedrine-containing products if intended and
labeled for use as weight loss aids or sports nutrition products, such as those
marketed by the Company, for sale to and use by those 18 years or older). There
are also federal, state and local proposals to broaden the regulation of, or
otherwise limit or prohibit, the sale of products containing ephedrine,
including a New York State bill which would regulate any ephedrine-containing
product, including Ma Huang, as a controlled substance to be dispensed only by
prescription, no matter what labeling claims are made, and a recently
introduced Congressional bill which would regulate as a drug any Ma Huang
dietary supplement claiming to produce euphoria, heightened awareness or
similar mental or psychological effects.     
   
  There is a risk that the Company's products containing Ma Huang may become
subject to further federal, state, local or foreign laws or regulations, which
could require the Company to: (i) reformulate its products with reduced
ephedrine levels or with a substitute for Ma Huang and/or (ii) relabel its
products with different warnings or revised directions for use. Even in the
absence of further laws or regulation, the Company may elect to reformulate
and/or relabel its products which contain Ma Huang. While the Company believes
that its Ma Huang products could be reformulated and relabeled, there can be no
assurance in that regard or that reformulation and/or relabeling would not have
an adverse effect on sales of such products. See "--Product Liability."     
   
PRODUCT LIABILITY     
 
  The Company, like other retailers, distributors and manufacturers of products
that are ingested, faces an inherent risk of exposure to product liability
claims in the event that the use of its products results in injury. The Company
currently has $75 million of product liability insurance (which does not cover
matters relating to L-Tryptophan) with a $25,000 self-insurance retention per
occurrence and $100,000 self-insurance retention in the aggregate. However,
there can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to be available at
a reasonable cost or if available will be adequate to cover liabilities.
   
  Twin Laboratories Inc. is or was a defendant in various legal actions seeking
compensatory and, in some cases, punitive damages for alleged personal injuries
from the ingestion of certain products containing allegedly contaminated added
manufactured L-Tryptophan. As of July 1, 1996, 129 of a total of 132 such
lawsuits in which the Company was a named defendant have been either dismissed
or settled at no cost to the Company under a defense and indemnification
agreement (the "Indemnification Agreement") with Showa Denko America, Inc.
("SDA"), an American subsidiary of the Japanese manufacturer of the allegedly
contaminated L-Tryptophan. As of July 1, 1996, Twin Laboratories Inc. was a
named defendant in three such actions.     
   
  To date, the amount of damages sought in each of the three remaining L-
Tryptophan actions has not been specified. The Company's available product
liability insurance coverage of $3 million for L-Tryptophan matters in respect
of claims made prior to December 31, 1993 is only available with respect to one
of the three actions. There can be no assurance that when damages are specified
in these actions that the total amount thereof, if fully awarded against the
Company alone and ignoring the existence of the Indemnification Agreement,
would not exceed such insurance coverage, and would not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition. However,
the Indemnification Agreement, the defense and resolution to date of numerous
lawsuits by SDA without cost to the Company, the multitude of defendants and
the possibility that liability could be assessed against or paid by other
parties or by insurance carriers have led management of the Company, after
consultation with outside legal counsel, to believe that the prospect for a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or financial
condition is remote and no provision in the Company's financial statements has
been made for any loss that may result from these actions. Although the Company
believes that few new lawsuits concerning added manufactured L-Tryptophan are
likely to be brought because of applicable statutes of limitation, the
possibility of future such actions cannot be excluded. The Company no longer
markets any products containing added manufactured L-Tryptophan. See
"Business--Legal Matters."     
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
   
  Twin Laboratories Inc. and others are named defendants in a wrongful death
action entitled Thomas Hendry v. Twin Laboratories, Inc., et al., originally
commenced in July 1995 in Fresno County (California) Superior Court (Action
No. 536670-3). The plaintiff in this action alleges that his wife, Victoria
Hendry, died as a result of the ingestion of the Company's "Ripped Fuel" (a
bodybuilding product which plaintiff alleges contained Ma Huang, kola extract
and chromium picolinate) and/or "Super Dieter's Teas", a product of Laci Le
Beau Tea Company, and seeks both compensatory and punitive damages from the
defendants. The Company has answered the complaint and intends to vigorously
contest the plaintiff's claims. Discovery is not yet complete and it is
premature to predict the likely outcome of the case. However, after
consultation with outside legal counsel to the Company in this matter and
after giving effect to the Company's available product liability insurance
coverage, the Company believes that the prospect for a material adverse effect
on the Company's results of operations or financial condition is remote and no
provision in the Company's financial statements has been made for any loss
that may result from this action. See "--Certain Government Action and Adverse
Publicity Regarding Certain Products Containing Ephedrine." There can be no
assurance that the Company will not be subject to further private civil
actions with respect to its products which contain Ma Huang.     
   
  The Company is presently engaged in various other legal actions, and,
although ultimate liability cannot be determined at the present time, the
Company is currently of the opinion that the amount of any such liability from
these other actions after taking into consideration the Company's insurance
coverage, will not have a material adverse effect on its results of operations
and financial condition.     
   
FTC PROCEEDING     
   
  In 1989, Twin Laboratories Inc. received an informal inquiry from the New
York Regional Office of the FTC seeking substantiation for certain advertising
claims made for a segment of its "Fuel" bodybuilding, sports nutrition and
weight loss line of products. In response, Twin Laboratories Inc. submitted
scientific substantiation and financial information to the FTC. The Company
has been negotiating this matter with the FTC staff since December 1994.     
   
  In August 1995, the FTC staff informed the Company that it intended to
recommend to the FTC Commissioners that the FTC file a civil administrative
complaint against the Company unless the Company agreed to settle the matter
by a proposed consent order (the "Consent Order"), which Consent Order has
since been the subject of negotiations between the FTC staff and the Company.
The most recent draft of the Consent Order, which the Company received in May
1996, provides for, among other things: (1) injunctive relief prohibiting the
Company from making muscle building and fat burning claims for its
bodybuilding, sports nutrition and certain weight loss products without
scientific substantiation and from misrepresenting the nature of tests or
studies in connection with its bodybuilding, sports nutrition and weight loss
products and requiring the Company to have prior substantiation for all claims
made with respect to such products and (2) a payment of $200,000 to the FTC.
If a consent order is entered, violations of the terms thereof would allow the
FTC to seek maximum penalties of $10,000 per day for each violation. The
Company has determined at the current time not to settle this matter on the
terms set forth in the most recent draft of the Consent Order and anticipates
possible further negotiations with the FTC. The Company cannot at this time
predict whether it will be able to reach a negotiated settlement of this
matter.     
   
  In May 1996, the FTC staff informed the Company that unless a settlement is
reached in the very near future, it would proceed to recommend to the FTC
Commissioners that a civil administrative complaint seeking injunctive relief
be issued against the Company. If such a recommendation were to be made by the
FTC staff, the Company will be entitled to a hearing before the FTC
Commissioners to present its position that the administrative complaint should
not be issued. Should a complaint be issued, there can be no assurance that
any injunctive relief and other terms of any eventual litigated resolution of
this matter will be limited to those sought in the most recent draft of the
Consent Order.     
   
  In addition, the FTC staff has notified the Company that if the FTC were
successful in an administrative litigation against the Company, the FTC may
thereafter sue the Company in federal court seeking redress payments to
consumers who purchased products containing claims that are subject to any
administrative order that results from such administrative litigation. It is
premature to assess whether a federal court would grant such a remedy or how
any consumer redress payments would be calculated.     
 
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Company believes that it has adequate scientific substantiation for the
claims at issue, and intends to vigorously defend this matter if a settlement
is not reached. There can be no assurance that any injunctive relief or
monetary payment (including the potential consumer redress payments) resulting
from a negotiated or litigated resolution of this matter would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company.     
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
  The manufacturing, processing, formulating, packaging, labeling and
advertising of the Company's products are subject to regulation by one or more
federal agencies, including the United States Food and Drug Administration
(the "FDA"), the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"), the Consumer Product
Safety Commission (the "CPSC"), the United States Department of Agriculture
(the "USDA") and the Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA"). The
Company's activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states,
localities and foreign countries to which the Company distributes its products
and in which the Company's products are sold.
       
       
       
          
  The composition and labeling of dietary supplements, which comprise a
significant majority of the Company's products, is most actively regulated by
the FDA under the provisions of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act
("FFDC Act"). The FFDC Act has been revised in recent years by the Nutrition
Labeling and Education Act of 1990 ("NLEA") and by the Dietary Supplement
Health and Education Act of 1994 ("DSHEA"). While in the judgment of the
Company these regulatory changes are generally favorable to the dietary
supplements industry, there can be no assurance that the Company will not in
the future be subject to additional laws or regulations administered by
various regulatory authorities. In addition, there can be no assurance that
existing laws and regulations will not be repealed or be subject to more
stringent or unfavorable interpretation by applicable regulatory authorities.
       
  The labeling requirements for dietary supplements have not been clearly
established. In December 1995, the FDA issued proposed regulations to govern
the labeling of dietary supplements. These regulations are expected to become
final later in 1996, and would require the Company to revise all of its
dietary supplement labels in 1997. The FDA has informally stated that it will,
subject to public comment, withhold enforcement of these regulations until
January 1, 1998.     
   
  The Company cannot predict the nature of future laws, regulations,
interpretations or applications, nor can it determine what effect either
additional governmental regulations or administrative orders, when and if
promulgated, or disparate federal, state and local regulatory schemes would
have on its business in the future. They could, however, require the
reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the recall or
discontinuance of certain products not able to be reformulated, additional
recordkeeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain products,
expanded or different labeling and/or scientific substantiation. Any or all of
such requirements could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations and financial condition.     
       
          
  Governmental regulations in foreign countries where the Company plans to
commence or expand sales may prevent or delay entry into the market or prevent
or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of certain of the
Company's products. Compliance with such foreign governmental regulations is
generally the responsibility of the Company's distributors for those
countries. These distributors are independent contractors over whom the
Company has limited control. See "Business--Regulatory Matters."     
 
LEVERAGE
   
  The Company is highly leveraged. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to
the Offerings, as of June 30, 1996, the Company would have had (i)
approximately $      million of outstanding debt and (ii) shareholders' equity
of $     million. See "Capitalization." This leverage, together with
restrictions in the New Credit Facility and the Indenture (as defined herein),
may limit the Company's ability to obtain additional debt financing in the
future and to respond to changing business and economic conditions and could
adversely affect its ability to effect its business strategies. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness." Required payments of principal and     
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
interest on the Company's long-term debt are expected to be financed from
operating cash flow, thus limiting the availability of such cash flow for
other corporate purposes. The Company's ability to generate sufficient cash to
meet its obligations is subject to many factors, certain of which are beyond
its control, including economic conditions, regulatory factors and
competition. While the Company believes that, based on current levels of
operations and anticipated growth, its cash flow from operations, together
with other sources of liquidity, will be adequate to meet its obligations,
there can be no assurance that its actual cash flow will in fact be sufficient
to service its debt. The Company's ability to grow is dependent on prevailing
economic conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond its
control. In the event the Company's operating cash flow and working capital
are not sufficient to fund the Company's expenditures or to service its debt,
the Company would be required to raise additional funds through capital
contributions, the refinancing of all or part of its debt or the sale of
assets. There can be no assurance that any of these sources of funds would be
available in amounts sufficient for the Company to meet its obligations.
 
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY TERMS OF THE COMPANY'S INDEBTEDNESS
 
  The Indenture and the New Credit Facility impose upon the Company certain
financial and operating covenants, including, among others, requirements that
the Company maintain certain financial ratios and satisfy certain financial
tests, limitations on capital expenditures and restrictions on the ability of
the Company to incur debt, pay dividends or take certain other corporate
actions, all of which may restrict the Company's ability to expand or to
pursue its business strategies. Changes in economic or business conditions,
results of operations or other factors could in the future cause a violation
of one or more covenants in the Company's debt instruments. See "Description
of Certain Indebtedness."
   
RISKS OF FUTURE ACQUISITIONS     
   
  One of the Company's business strategies is to pursue acquisition
opportunities, including product line acquisitions, that complement its
existing products or are compatible with its business philosophy and strategic
goals. Future acquisitions could be financed by internally generated funds,
bank borrowings, public offerings or private placements of equity or debt
securities, or a combination of the foregoing. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to make acquisitions on terms favorable to the
Company and that funds to finance an acquisition will be available or
permitted under the Company's financing instruments. See "Description of
Certain Indebtedness." If the Company completes acquisitions, it will
encounter various associated risks, including the possible inability to
integrate an acquired business into the Company's operations, potentially
increased goodwill amortization, diversion of management's attention and
unanticipated problems or liabilities, some or all of which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial
condition. In addition, such acquisitions could result in substantial equity
dilution to existing stockholders. See "Business--Business Strategy."     
 
COMPETITION
 
  The business of developing, manufacturing and selling vitamins, minerals,
sports nutrition products and other nutritional supplements is highly
competitive. Certain of the Company's competitors are substantially larger and
have greater financial resources than the Company. See "Business--
Competition."
 
ABSENCE OF CLINICAL STUDIES AND SCIENTIFIC REVIEW; EFFECT OF PUBLICITY
   
  While the Company conducts extensive quality control testing on its
products, the Company generally does not conduct or sponsor clinical studies
on its products. See "Business--Manufacturing and Product Quality." The
Company's products consist of vitamins, minerals, herbs and other ingredients
that the Company regards as safe when taken as suggested by the Company.
However, because the Company is highly dependent upon consumers' perception of
the safety and quality of its products as well as similar products distributed
by other companies (which may not adhere to the same quality standards as the
Company), the Company could be adversely affected in the event any of the
Company's products or any similar products distributed by other companies
should prove or be asserted to be harmful to consumers. In addition, because
of the Company's dependence upon consumer perceptions, adverse publicity
associated with illness or other adverse effects resulting from consumers'
failure to consume the Company's products as suggested by the Company or other
misuse or abuse of the Company's products or any similar products distributed
by other companies could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations and financial condition.     
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
  Furthermore, the Company believes the recent growth experienced by the
nutritional supplement market is based in part on national media attention
regarding recent scientific research suggesting potential health benefits from
regular consumption of certain vitamins and other nutritional products. Such
research has been described in major medical journals, magazines, newspapers
and television programs. The scientific research to date is preliminary, and
there can be no assurance of future favorable scientific results and media
attention or of the absence of unfavorable or inconsistent findings.
 
DEPENDENCE ON DISTRIBUTORS AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER
 
  The Company's success depends in part upon its ability to attract, retain
and motivate a large base of distributors, and its ability to maintain a
satisfactory relationship with GNC. Tree of Life, the Company's largest
distributor, and GNC accounted for approximately 28% and 22%, respectively, of
the Company's net sales in 1995. The loss of Tree of Life as a distributor or
GNC as a customer, or the loss of a significant number of other distributors,
or a significant reduction in purchase volume by Tree of Life, GNC or such
other distributors, for any reason, would have a material adverse effect on
the Company's results of operations and financial condition. See "Business--
Sales and Distribution."
 
AVAILABILITY OF RAW MATERIALS
 
  Substantially all of the Company's herbal supplements and herb teas contain
ingredients that are harvested by and obtained from third-party suppliers, and
many of those ingredients are harvested internationally and only once per year
or on a seasonal basis. An unexpected interruption of supply, such as a
harvest failure, could cause the Company's results of operations derived from
such products to be adversely affected. Although the Company has generally
been able to raise its prices in response to significant increases in the cost
of such ingredients, the Company has not always in the past been, and may not
in the future always be, able to raise prices quickly enough to offset the
effects of such increased raw material costs.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION
 
  The Company's trademarks are valuable assets which are very important to the
marketing of its products. The Company's policy is to pursue registrations for
all of the trademarks associated with its key products. The Company has
approximately 250 trademark registrations with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office. The Company relies on common law trademark rights to protect
its unregistered trademarks. Common law trademark rights do not provide the
Company with the same level of protection as would U.S. federal registered
trademarks. In addition, common law trademark rights extend only to the
geographic area in which the trademark is actually used, while U.S. federal
registration prohibits the use of the trademark by any third party anywhere in
the United States.
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
   
  Upon completion of the Offerings, GEI will own  % and the Continuing
Stockholders will own  %, of the Common Stock of TLC. As a result, GEI and the
Continuing Stockholders will have significant influence over all matters
requiring approval by the Company's stockholders without the approval of
minority stockholders. In addition, if they choose to act together, GEI and
the Continuing Stockholders will be able to elect all of the members of the
Board of Directors of the Company, thereby significantly controlling the
affairs and management of the Company. Such control could adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock or delay or prevent a change in control of
the Company. In addition, pursuant to TLC's By-laws, GEI and the Continuing
Stockholders may, if they choose to act together, effect most corporate
matters requiring stockholder approval by written consent, without the need
for a duly-noticed and duly-held meeting of stockholders. See "Principal
Stockholders."     
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price per share of the Common
Stock has been determined by negotiations among management of the Company and
the representative of the Underwriters (the "Representative"). See
"Underwriting" for factors considered in determining the initial public
offering price per share. There can be no assurance that an active trading
market will develop and be sustained subsequent to the Offerings. The Common
Stock may be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to variations
in quarterly operating results and other factors, including acquisitions and
general economic or market conditions. In addition, broad market trading and
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
valuation fluctuations have adversely affected the valuation of industry
participants and may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
See "Underwriting."
 
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
   
  The initial public offering price per share of Common Stock is substantially
higher than the net tangible book value per share of the Common Stock.
Purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the Offerings will experience
immediate and substantial dilution of $   in net tangible book value per share
of Common Stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $   per
share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover page of this Prospectus.)
See "Dilution."     
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
   
  Immediately after completion of the Offerings, TLC will have      shares of
Common Stock outstanding, of which the      shares sold pursuant to the
Offerings will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), except
those shares acquired by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined
under the Securities Act. Holders of the remaining shares will be eligible to
sell such shares pursuant to Rule 144 ("Rule 144") under the Securities Act at
prescribed times and subject to the manner of sale, volume, notice and
information restrictions of Rule 144. The Company has granted certain
institutional investors and their transferees, GEI and the Continuing
Stockholders certain demand and piggyback registration rights covering an
aggregate of     shares of Common Stock. The Company, its officers, directors
and certain other stockholders who collectively are the beneficial holders of
an aggregate of     shares of Common Stock, have agreed with the Underwriters
not to directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option
to purchase or otherwise dispose of, without the prior written consent of
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ"), any Common Stock,
or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or
warrants, options or rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock or in any
other manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated
with the ownership of any Common Stock, or enter into any agreement to do any
of the foregoing, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus.
Upon the expiration of such 180 day period, such holders will in general be
entitled to dispose of their shares, although the shares of Common Stock held
by affiliates of the Company will continue to be subject to the restrictions
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of such
shares in the public market or the perception that such sales could occur
could adversely affect the market price of the shares of Common Stock and the
Company's ability to raise additional capital at a price favorable to the
Company. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."     
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
   
  Prior to the consummation of the Offerings, the Company will amend its
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the
"Certificate of Incorporation") and By-laws. The Certificate of Incorporation
and By-laws, as well as Delaware corporate law, contain certain provisions
that could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to
acquire, or discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of
the Company. Certain of these provisions impose various procedural and other
requirements, including advance notice and other provisions, that could make
it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. The
Company's Board of Directors has the authority to issue additional shares of
preferred stock and to determine the designations, preferences and rights and
the qualifications or restrictions of those shares without any further vote or
action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be
subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any
preferred stock that may be issued in the future. The issuance of preferred
stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible
acquisitions and other corporate actions, could have the effect of making it
more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the outstanding
voting stock of the Company. These provisions could limit the price that
certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of Common
Stock. Furthermore, certain provisions of the New Credit Facility and the
Indenture provide for the acceleration of the indebtedness evidenced thereby
upon the occurrence of certain change in control events (as defined in such
debt instruments), which provisions could also tend to prevent or discourage
the acquisition of the Company by a third party.     
 
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
   
  HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS     
   
  TLC conducts its business through its direct and indirect subsidiaries and
has no operations of its own. The principal assets of TLC are the capital
stock of Twin Laboratories Inc. and ARP. Accordingly, TLC has no independent
means of generating revenues. As a holding company, TLC's internal sources of
funds to meet its cash needs, including payment of expenses, are dividends and
other permitted payments from its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Financing
arrangements to which Twin Laboratories Inc. is the borrower restrict the
payment of dividends and the making of loans, advances or other distributions
to TLC except in certain limited circumstances. See "Dividend Policy" and
"Description of Certain Indebtedness."     
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
   
  The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby are estimated to be approximately $
million, assuming an initial public offering price of $   per share and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering
expenses payable by the Company. Approximately $   million of such net
proceeds will be used to redeem all of the outstanding shares of Senior
Preferred Stock and all of the outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock
having an aggregate liquidation preference of $67.0 million, plus accrued and
unpaid dividends thereon. Approximately $50.0 million of such net proceeds
will be used to repay in full the Company's outstanding indebtedness under the
term loan facility contained in the New Credit Facility plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon. Subsequent to the Transactions, the Company repaid
approximately $3.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under the term loan
facility contained in the New Credit Facility. The term loan facility
generally bears interest at alternative rates ranging from 2.5% over LIBOR to
1.25% over the ABR (as defined herein) and matures on May 7, 2002. The
borrowings under the term loan facility were used to effect the Acquisition.
The balance of the net proceeds of the Offerings will be used for general
corporate purposes. Affiliates of DLJ own $7.5 million in aggregate
liquidation preference of the Senior Preferred Stock and will receive
approximately $7.5 million of the net proceeds of the Offerings in connection
with the redemption of such shares. See "Use of Proceeds." See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
Liquidity and Capital Resources," "Description of Certain Indebtedness" and
"Description of Capital Stock."     
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
  From 1993 until the consummation of the Acquisition, the Company consisted
solely of "S" corporations. While maintaining such status, the Company
periodically declared and paid dividends to its shareholders in amounts
sufficient for its shareholders to pay their income taxes on the earnings of
the Company that were treated as having been earned by the Company's
shareholders. The Company terminated its "S" corporation status in connection
with the consummation of the Acquisition.
   
  The Company currently intends to retain earnings to finance its operations
and future growth and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. TLC conducts its business through its direct and indirect
subsidiaries and has no operations of its own. The principal assets of TLC are
the capital stock of Twin Laboratories Inc. and ARP. Accordingly, TLC has no
independent means of generating revenues. As a holding company, TLC's internal
sources of funds to meet its cash needs, including payment of expenses, are
dividends and other permitted payments from its direct and indirect
subsidiaries. Financing arrangements to which Twin Laboratories Inc. is the
borrower restrict the payment of dividends and the making of loans, advances
or other distributions to TLC, except in certain limited circumstances. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness." The payment of cash dividends in the
future will depend upon, among other things, the Company's results of
operations, financial condition, cash requirements and other factors deemed
relevant by the Company's Board of Directors.     
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
                                   DILUTION
   
  As of June 30, 1996, TLC's deficit in net tangible book value was $       or
$     per share. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of
TLC's total tangible assets less TLC's total liabilities and Preferred Stock,
divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Without taking
into account any other changes in net tangible book value after June 30, 1996,
other than to give effect to the sale of      shares of Common Stock offered
by the Company at an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share
(the assumed mid-point of the range shown on the cover page of this
Prospectus), the receipt of the proceeds therefrom after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated expenses of the
Offerings, the net tangible book value of TLC on June 30, 1996 would have been
$       or $   per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net
tangible book value of approximately $       per share to the existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution of $   per share to purchasers of the
Common Stock. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:     
 
<TABLE>   
<S>                                                                        <C>
Initial public offering price per share................................... $
  Deficit in net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 1996........ $
  Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new
   investors..............................................................
Net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the Offerings....  --
                                                                           ----
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors(a)......... $
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>    
   
  (a) If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, the net
tangible book value per share will be $   , resulting in dilution to new
investors in the Offerings of $      per share. See "Underwriting."     
   
  The following table summarizes as of June 30, 1996 the number of shares of
capital stock purchased from the Company and the total consideration paid and
the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and new investors at
the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share.     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             SHARES         TOTAL
                                           PURCHASED    CONSIDERATION   AVERAGE
                                         -------------- -------------- PRICE PER
                                         NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT   SHARE
                                         ------ ------- ------ ------- ---------
<S>                                      <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>
Existing stockholders...................
New investors...........................
                                          ----    ---    ----    ---      ---
  Total.................................
                                          ====    ===    ====    ===      ===
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
   
  The following table sets forth the actual capitalization of the Company as
of June 30, 1996, and as adjusted to reflect the Offerings and the application
of the net proceeds therefrom at an assumed initial public offering price of
$        per share. The capitalization of the Company should be read in
conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes
thereto and the "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data"
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                               AS OF JUNE 30,
                                                                    1996
                                                              -----------------
                                                                          AS
                                                               ACTUAL  ADJUSTED
                                                              -------- --------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities..........  $       $
                                                              ======== ========
Long-term debt (including current portion)
  New Credit Facility........................................ $        $
  Notes......................................................
  Other debt.................................................
  Capital lease obligations..................................
                                                              -------- --------
    Total long-term debt.....................................
                                                              -------- --------
Senior redeemable cumulative preferred stock.................
                                                              -------- --------
Junior redeemable cumulative preferred stock.................
                                                              -------- --------
Shareholders' equity (deficit)
  Common Stock...............................................
  Additional paid-in capital.................................
  Accumulated deficit........................................
                                                              -------- --------
    Total shareholders' equity (deficit).....................
                                                              -------- --------
    Total capitalization..................................... $        $
                                                              ======== ========
</TABLE>    
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
   
  The following unaudited pro forma financial data have been prepared by the
Company's management from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company
and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The unaudited pro
forma condensed consolidated statements of income for the year ended
December 31, 1995, and the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 reflect
adjustments as if the Transactions and the Offerings had been consummated and
were effective as of January 1, 1995. The unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 1996 gives effect to the Offerings
as if they had occurred on such date. See "Prospectus Summary--The
Acquisition."     
 
  The financial effects of the Transactions and the Offerings as presented in
the pro forma financial data are not necessarily indicative of either the
Company's financial position or the results of its operations which would have
been obtained had the Transactions and the Offerings actually occurred on the
dates described above, nor are they necessarily indicative of the results of
future operations. The pro forma financial data should be read in conjunction
with the notes thereto, which are an integral part thereof, and with the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
       
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                                    FOR THE
                                      ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA    ADJUSTMENTS    TRANSACTIONS
                                     RELATED TO THE    FOR THE    RELATED TO THE    AND THE
                          HISTORICAL  TRANSACTIONS   TRANSACTIONS   OFFERINGS      OFFERINGS
                          ---------- --------------  ------------ --------------  ------------
                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                       <C>        <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>
Net sales...............   $148,735     $    --        $148,735      $   --         $148,735
Cost of sales...........     89,932          --          89,932          --           89,932
                           --------     --------       --------      -------        --------
Gross profit............     58,803          --          58,803          --           58,803
Operating expenses......     27,191          400 (a)     27,591          --           27,591
                           --------     --------       --------      -------        --------
Income from operations..     31,612         (400)        31,212          --           31,212
                           --------     --------       --------      -------        --------
Other (expense) income:
  Interest income.......        313         (313)(b)        --           --              --
  Interest expense......       (866)     (14,818)(c)    (15,684)       4,621 (d)     (11,063)
  Transaction expenses..       (656)         656 (e)        --           --              --
  Other.................         61          --              61          --               61
                           --------     --------       --------      -------        --------
                             (1,148)     (14,475)       (15,623)       4,621        (11,002)
                           --------     --------       --------      -------        --------
Income before provision
 for income taxes.......     30,464      (14,875)        15,589        4,621          20,210
Provision for income
 taxes..................        240        5,931 (f)      6,171        1,829 (g)       8,000
                           --------     --------       --------      -------        --------
Net income..............     30,224      (20,806)         9,418        2,792          12,210
Preferred Stock divi-           --        (8,767)(h)     (8,767)       8,767 (i)         --
 dends..................   --------     --------       --------      -------        --------
Net income available for   $ 30,224     $(29,573)      $    651      $11,559        $ 12,210
 common shareholders....   ========     ========       ========      =======        ========
PRO FORMA
Historical income before
 provision for income
 taxes..................   $ 30,464
Pro forma provision for      12,060
 income taxes (j).......   --------
Pro forma net income....   $ 18,404
                           ========
Pro forma net income per   $                                                        $
 common share...........   ========                                                 ========
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding(k)..   ========                                                 ========
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
 
         
      UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME     
                         
                      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PRO FORMA
                                                                                  FOR THE
                                      ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA    ADJUSTMENTS   TRANSACTIONS
                                     RELATED TO THE   FOR THE    RELATED TO THE   AND THE
                          HISTORICAL  TRANSACTIONS  TRANSACTIONS   OFFERINGS     OFFERINGS
                          ---------- -------------- ------------ -------------- ------------
                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                       <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Net sales...............     $            $--           $             $--           $
Cost of sales...........                   --                          --
                             ----         ----          ----          ----          ----
Gross profit............                   --                          --
Operating expenses......                       (a)                     --
                             ----         ----          ----          ----          ----
Income from operations..                                               --
                             ----         ----          ----          ----          ----
Other (expense) income:
  Interest income.......                       (b)       --            --            --
  Interest expense......                       (c)                         (d)
  Other.................                   --                          --
                             ----         ----          ----          ----          ----
                             ----         ----          ----          ----          ----
Income before provision
 for income taxes.......
Provision for income
 taxes..................                       (f)                         (g)
                             ----         ----          ----          ----          ----
Net income..............
Preferred Stock
 dividends..............      --               (h)                         (i)       --
                             ----         ----          ----          ----          ----
Net income available for     $            $             $             $             $
 common shareholders....     ====         ====          ====          ====          ====
PRO FORMA
Historical income before
 provision for income
 taxes..................     $
Pro forma provision for
 income taxes (j).......     ----
Pro forma net income....     $
                             ====
Pro forma net income per     $                                                      $
 common share...........     ====                                                   ====
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding (k).     ====                                                   ====
</TABLE>    
                         
                      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                                    FOR THE
                                      ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA    ADJUSTMENTS   TRANSACTIONS
                                     RELATED TO THE     FOR THE    RELATED TO THE   AND THE
                          HISTORICAL  TRANSACTIONS    TRANSACTIONS   OFFERINGS     OFFERINGS
                          ---------- --------------   ------------ -------------- ------------
                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                       <C>        <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>
Net sales...............   $69,820     $     --         $69,820        $  --        $69,820
Cost of sales...........    42,046           --          42,046           --         42,046
                           -------     ---------        -------        ------       -------
Gross profit............    27,774           --          27,774           --         27,774
Operating expenses......    13,779           200 (a)     13,979           --         13,979
                           -------     ---------        -------        ------       -------
Income from operations..    13,995          (200)        13,795           --         13,795
                           -------     ---------        -------        ------       -------
Other (expense) income:
  Interest income.......       147          (147)(b)        --            --            --
  Interest expense......      (417)       (7,427)(c)     (7,844)        2,311 (d)    (5,533)
  Other.................        96           --              96           --             96
                           -------     ---------        -------        ------       -------
                              (174)       (7,574)        (7,748)        2,311        (5,437)
                           -------     ---------        -------        ------       -------
Income before provision
 for income taxes.......    13,821        (7,774)         6,047         2,311         8,358
Provision for income
 taxes..................        92         2,302 (f)      2,394           915 (g)     3,309
                           -------     ---------        -------        ------       -------
Net income..............    13,729      (10,076)          3,653         1,396         5,049
Preferred Stock
 dividends..............       --         (4,247)(h)     (4,247)        4,247 (i)       --
                           -------     ---------        -------        ------       -------
Net income available for
 common shareholders....   $13,729     $(14,323)        $  (594)       $5,643       $ 5,049
                           =======     =========        =======        ======       =======
PRO FORMA
Historical income before
 provision for income
 taxes..................   $13,821
Pro forma provision for
 income taxes (j).......     5,471
                           -------
Pro forma net income....   $ 8,350
                           =======
</TABLE>    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
 
              NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
                             STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
(a) Represents the LGP Management Fee (as defined herein). See "Certain
    Relationships and Related Transactions--Transactions with LGP."
 
(b) Represents a reduction in interest income on cash and cash equivalents.
 
(c) The interest expense adjustment relating to the Transactions is as
    follows:
 
<TABLE>       
<CAPTION>
                                                               SIX MONTHS
                                                               ENDED JUNE
                                                   YEAR ENDED      30,
                                                  DECEMBER 31, ------------
                                                      1995      1995   1996
                                                  ------------ ------  ----
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                         <C>          <C>     <C>  <C>
      Interest expense on the Notes and the New
       Credit Facility at a composite interest
       rate of 9.5%, including revolving credit
       commitment and administration fees........   $14,676    $7,338  $
      Interest expense on refinanced debt........      (807)     (386)
                                                    -------    ------  ----
                                                     13,869     6,952
      Amortization of deferred financing costs...       949       475
                                                    -------    ------  ----
      Interest expense adjustment................   $14,818    $7,427  $
                                                    =======    ======  ====
</TABLE>    
 
(d) The interest expense adjustment relating to the Offerings is as follows:
 
<TABLE>       
<CAPTION>
                                                                SIX MONTHS
                                                                ENDED JUNE
                                                    YEAR ENDED      30,
                                                   DECEMBER 31, -----------
                                                       1995      1995  1996
                                                   ------------ ------ ----
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                          <C>          <C>    <C>  <C>
      Interest expense relating to borrowings
       under New Credit Facility repaid...........    $4,240    $2,120 $
      Amortization of deferred financing costs
       relating to borrowings under New Credit
       Facility repaid............................       381       191
                                                      ------    ------ ----
      Interest expense adjustment.................    $4,621    $2,311 $
                                                      ======    ====== ====
</TABLE>    
 
(e) Represents a reduction in nonrecurring expenses incurred which are
    directly attributable to the Transactions.
 
(f) Reflects (i) the net increase in the provision for income taxes assuming
    the Company was a "C" corporation, and (ii) the increase in net expenses
    described in notes a, b, c and e above.
 
(g) Represents an increase in the provision for income taxes as a result of
    the decrease in interest expense described in note (d).
 
(h) Represents dividends paid on the Preferred Stock.
 
(i) Represents the elimination of the dividends paid on the Preferred Stock
    due to the redemption of the Preferred Stock in connection with the
    Offerings.
   
(j) The Company consisted of "S" corporations prior to the consummation of the
    Acquisition on May 7, 1996. The pro forma income statement information
    reflects adjustments to historical net income as if the Company had not
    elected "S" corporation status for income tax purposes.     
   
(k) Weighted average shares outstanding represents the number of equivalent
    shares outstanding after giving retroactive effect to TLC's   for 1 stock
    split and assumes that the    shares of Common Stock offered hereby are
    outstanding during each of the periods indicated. See Notes to the
    Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in
    this Prospectus.     
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                   AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                  ADJUSTMENTS
                                                  RELATED TO  PRO FORMA
                                                      THE      FOR THE
                                          ACTUAL   OFFERINGS  OFFERINGS
                                          ------- ----------- ---------
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>     <C>         <C>       <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.............. $         $         $
  Marketable securities..................
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance
   for bad debts.........................
  Inventories............................
  Prepaid expenses and other current
   assets................................
  Deferred tax assets....................
                                          -------   -------   --------
    Total current assets.................
Property, plant and equipment, net.......
Deferred tax assets......................
Other assets.............................
                                          -------   -------   --------
Total assets............................. $         $         $
                                          =======   =======   ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt...... $         $         $
  Current portion of capital lease
   obligations...........................
  Accounts payable.......................
  Accrued expenses and other current
   liabilities...........................
                                          -------   -------   --------
    Total current liabilities............
Notes....................................
Long-term debt, less current portion.....
Capital lease obligations, less current
 portion.................................
                                          -------   -------   --------
    Total liabilities....................
                                          -------   -------   --------
Senior redeemable cumulative Preferred                             --
 Stock................................... -------   -------   --------
Junior redeemable cumulative Preferred                             --
 Stock................................... -------   -------   --------
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
  Common Stock...........................
  Additional paid-in capital.............
  Accumulated deficit....................
                                          -------   -------   --------
    Total shareholders' equity (deficit).
                                          -------   -------   --------
Total liabilities and shareholders'
 equity (deficit)........................ $         $         $
                                          =======   =======   ========
</TABLE>    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
 
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET DATA
          
(a) Represents a $120,200 increase to Common Stock and additional paid-in
    capital relating to the net proceeds of the Offerings.     
   
(b) Represents a $      decrease in other assets relating to the elimination
    of deferred financing costs associated with the repayment of $50,000 of
    the term loan facility of the New Credit Facility.     
   
(c) Represents the application of the net proceeds of the Offerings to redeem
    $30,000 of Senior Preferred Stock and $37,000 of Junior Preferred Stock,
    and to repay $50,000 of the term loan facility of the New Credit Facility.
        
          
(d) Represents the elimination of accrued interest relating to $50,000 of
    borrowings under the term loan facility of the New Credit Facility.     
   
(e) Represents the elimination of accrued dividends payable of $     relating
    to the Senior Preferred Stock and the Junior Preferred Stock.     
 
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
                      SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
   
  The following selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 1991
and for the year then ended and as of June 30, 1995 and 1996 and for the six
month periods ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 are derived from the unaudited
consolidated financial statements of the Company. In the opinion of
management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared
on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary
for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations
for such periods. The results for the interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of the results for the related full fiscal year. The selected
consolidated financial data as of December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
for each of the years then ended has been derived from the audited
consolidated financial statements of the Company. The report of Deloitte &
Touche LLP, independent auditors, on the consolidated financial statements as
of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1995 is included elsewhere herein. The selected
consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is
qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company and the notes thereto and the other financial information included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                         SIX MONTHS
                                                                         ENDED JUNE
                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   30,
                         ---------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
                          1991     1992     1993      1994      1995     1995    1996
                          ----     ----     ----      ----      ----     ----    ----
STATEMENT OF INCOME DA-
 TA:                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 Net sales.............. $70,165  $83,014  $99,897  $117,342  $148,735  $69,820  $
 Cost of sales..........  44,664   51,214   62,131    70,247    89,932   42,046
                         -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ----
 Gross profit...........  25,501   31,800   37,766    47,095    58,803   27,774
 Operating expenses.....  14,570   17,463   21,125    23,022    27,191   13,779
                         -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ----
 Income from operations.  10,931   14,337   16,641    24,073    31,612   13,995
                         -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ----
 Other (expense) income:
  Interest income.......     375      302      242       254       313      147
  Interest expense......    (461)    (494)    (487)     (761)     (866)    (417)
  Transaction expenses..      --       --       --        --      (656)      --
  Other.................    (514)    (135)     510       354        61       96
                         -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ----
                            (600)    (327)     265      (153)   (1,148)    (174)
                         -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ----
 Income before unusual
  item, provision for
  income taxes and
  extraordinary item....  10,331   14,010   16,906    23,920    30,464   13,821
 Unusual item--
  nonrecurring charge
  for prior years'
  income tax assessment.      --       --       --     1,982        --       --    --
 Provision for income        169      651      230       245       240       92
  taxes................. -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ----
 Income before
  extraordinary item....  10,162   13,359   16,676    21,693    30,224   13,729
 Extraordinary item.....      --       76       --        --        --       --    --
                         -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ----
 Net income............. $10,162  $13,435  $16,676  $ 21,693  $ 30,224  $13,729  $
                         =======  =======  =======  ========  ========  =======  ====
 PRO FORMA: (A)
 Historical income
  before provision for
  income taxes.......... $10,331  $14,010  $16,906  $ 21,938  $ 30,464  $13,821  $
 Pro forma provision for
  income taxes..........   4,017    5,436    6,644     9,087    12,060    5,471
                         -------  -------  -------  --------  --------  -------  ----
 Pro forma net income... $ 6,314  $ 8,574  $10,262  $ 12,851  $ 18,404  $ 8,350  $
                         =======  =======  =======  ========  ========  =======  ====
 Pro forma net income
  per share.............                                      $                  $
                                                              ========           ====
 Weighted average shares
  outstanding (b).......
                                                              ========           ====
OTHER DATA:
 Capital expenditures... $ 1,472  $ 1,304  $ 4,904  $  1,786  $  2,641  $ 2,073  $
 Depreciation...........     783      806      710       851       909      464
 Amortization...........      20       86       95        99       102       50
 Net sales growth.......    17.4%    18.3%    20.3%     17.5%     26.8%      --      %
 Net income growth......    24.9     32.2     24.1      30.1      39.3       --
 Income from operations
  margins (c)...........    15.6     17.3     16.7      20.5      21.3     20.0%
</TABLE>    
 
                                                  (continued on following page)
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AS OF JUNE
                                     AS OF DECEMBER 31,                30,
                           --------------------------------------- ------------
<S>                        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
                            1991    1992    1993    1994    1995    1995   1996
                            ----    ----    ----    ----    ----    ----   ----
<CAPTION>
                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Net working capital
  (excluding cash and cash
  equivalents, marketable
  securities and current
  debt)................... $14,097 $18,575 $25,437 $35,056 $39,405 $35,397 $
 Property, plant and
  equipment, net..........   7,645   7,863  10,732  12,071  13,036  13,679
 Total assets.............  36,878  44,368  55,587  64,706  75,309  68,709
 Total debt (including
  current debt)...........   6,100   6,066   8,039   9,288   8,792  10,474
 Shareholders' equity.....  26,587  33,180  40,543  48,671  55,405  45,903
</TABLE>    
- ---------------------
(a) The Company consisted of S corporations and, accordingly, federal and
  state taxes were generally paid at the shareholder level only. Upon
  consummation of the Transactions, the Company eliminated its S corporation
  status and, accordingly, will be subject to federal and state income taxes.
   
(b) Weighted average shares outstanding represents the number of equivalent
  shares outstanding after giving retroactive effect to TLC's   for 1 stock
  split and assumes that the    shares of Common Stock offered hereby are
  outstanding during each of the periods indicated. See Notes to the
  Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this
  Prospectus.     
   
(c) Income from operations margin equals income from operations as a
  percentage of net sales.     
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
               OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
   
  The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
"Selected Historical Financial Data" and the audited Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The Company consisted of "S" corporations for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 and through the consummation of the
Acquisition on May 7, 1996. Accordingly, federal and state taxes were
generally paid at the shareholder level only. The provision for income taxes
through May 7, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
represented state taxes for New York, which imposes a corporate tax for all
income in excess of $0.2 million. Upon consummation of the Transactions, the
Company eliminated its "S" corporation status and, accordingly, is subject to
federal and state income taxes.     
 
  The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain
historical income statement and other data for the Company and also sets forth
certain of such data as a percentage of net sales.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SIX MONTHS
                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  ENDED JUNE 30,
                          ------------------------------------------  -----------------------
                             1993           1994           1995          1995         1996
                          ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  ----------
                            $      %      $       %      $       %      $     %     $     %
                          -----  -----  ------  -----  ------  -----  ----- -----  ---- -----
                                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                       <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>   <C>    <C>  <C>
Vitamins, Minerals &
 Amino Acids............  $29.1   29.1% $ 32.3   27.5% $ 37.1   24.9% $18.3  26.2% $         %
Sports Nutrition........   34.7   34.7    39.9   34.0    53.9   36.2   24.6  35.2
Special Formulas........   23.6   23.7    31.0   26.4    41.2   27.7   16.9  24.2
Herbal Supplements &
 Phytonutrients.........   12.0   12.0    14.5   12.3    19.8   13.3    9.5  13.6
Herb Teas...............    3.0    3.0     4.2    3.6     5.8    3.9    3.2   4.6
Publishing..............    2.7    2.7     3.4    3.0     4.8    3.3    2.9   4.2
                          -----  -----  ------  -----  ------  -----  ----- -----  ---- -----
 Gross Sales............  105.1  105.2   125.3  106.8   162.6  109.3   75.4 108.0
 Discounts & Allowances.   (5.2)  (5.2)   (8.0)  (6.8)  (13.9)  (9.3) (5.6) (8.0)
                          -----  -----  ------  -----  ------  -----  ----- -----  ---- -----
 Net Sales..............  $99.9  100.0% $117.3  100.0% $148.7  100.0% $69.8 100.0%      100.0%
Gross Profit............   37.8   37.8    47.1   40.1    58.8   39.5   27.8  39.8
Operating Expenses......   21.1   21.1    23.0   19.6    27.2   18.3   13.8  19.7
Income From Operations..   16.6   16.7    24.1   20.5    31.6   21.3   14.0  20.0
</TABLE>    
   
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 ("FIRST HALF 1996") COMPARED TO  SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 ("FIRST HALF 1995")     
   
  Net Sales. Net sales for first half 1996 was $   million, an increase of $
million, or    %, as compared to net sales of $69.8 million in first half
1995. The   % increase was attributable to increases in gross sales in each of
the Company's six product categories, partially offset by an increase in
discounts and allowances which was due to the Company's increased sales
volume. Vitamins, minerals and amino acids contributed $    million, an
increase of $  million, or  %, as compared to $18.3 million in first half
1995. The increase in gross sales of vitamins, minerals and amino acids was
primarily due to continued strong consumer interest in these products. Sports
nutrition products contributed $    million, an increase of $   million, or
   %, as compared to $24.6 million in first half 1995, primarily due to the
increased demand for a variety of these products. Special formulas contributed
$    million, an increase of $   million, or   %, as compared to $16.9 million
in first half 1995. The increase in gross sales of special formulas was
primarily due to the successful introduction of a variety of new product
formulations. Herbal supplements and phytonutrients contributed $   million,
an increase of $    million, or   %, as compared to $9.5 million in first half
1995, and herb teas contributed $   million, an increase of $   million, or
  %, as compared to $3.2 million in first     
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
   
half 1995. The gross sales increase in both herbal supplements and
phytonutrients and herb teas is primarily due to new product introductions,
continued strong consumer interest in existing products and increased
penetration of Nature's Herbs and Alvita products into domestic health food
stores. Publishing contributed $    million, an increase of $    million, or
   %, as compared to $2.9 million in first half 1995.     
   
  Gross Profit. Gross profit for first half 1996 was $    million, which
represented an increase of $    million, or    %, as compared to $27.8 million
for first half 1995. Gross profit margin was    % for first half 1996 as
compared to 39.8% for first half 1995. The overall increase in gross profit
dollars was attributable to the Company's higher sales volume in first half
1996. The increase in gross profit margin in first half 1996 as compared to
first half 1995 was due primarily to a more favorable product mix and to
higher gross profit margins on recently introduced new product formulations
and product line extensions.     
   
  Operating Expenses. Operating expenses were $    million for first half
1996, representing a decrease of $    million, or    %, as compared to $13.8
million for first half 1995. As a percent of net sales, operating expenses
declined from 19.7% in first half 1995 to    % in first half 1996. The decline
in operating expenses as a percent of net sales is due to the Company's
ability to maintain its expenditures at approximately the same level as in
first half 1995, while substantially increasing the Company's sales volume.
       
  Income from Operations. Income from operations was $    million in first
half 1996, representing an increase of $    million, or    %, as compared to
$14.0 million for first half 1995. Income from operations margin increased to
   % of net sales in first half 1996, as compared to 20.0% of net sales in
first half 1995. The increase in income from operations and income from
operations margin was primarily due to the Company's higher sales volume in
first half 1996 and a reduction in the Company's operating expenses as a
percent of net sales.     
 
FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994
 
  Net Sales. Net sales for fiscal 1995 was $148.7 million, an increase of
$31.4 million, or 26.8%, as compared to net sales of $117.3 million in fiscal
1994. The 26.8% increase was attributable to increases in gross sales in each
of the Company's six product categories, partially offset by an increase in
discounts and allowances due to the Company's increased sales volume.
Vitamins, minerals and amino acids contributed $37.1 million, an increase of
$4.8 million, or 14.7%, as compared to $32.3 million in fiscal 1994, primarily
due to continued strong consumer interest in these products. Sports nutrition
contributed $53.9 million, an increase of $14.0 million, or 34.9%, as compared
to $39.9 million in fiscal 1994, primarily due to the increased demand for a
variety of these products. Special formulas contributed $41.2 million, an
increase of $10.2 million, or 33.2%, as compared to $31.0 million in fiscal
1994, primarily due to the successful introduction of new product formulations
and strong growth in existing product lines. Herbal supplements and
phytonutrients contributed $19.8 million, an increase of $5.3 million, or
37.2%, as compared to $14.5 million in fiscal 1994, and herb teas contributed
$5.8 million, an increase of $1.6 million, or 37.4%, as compared to $4.2
million in fiscal 1994. The gross sales increase in both herbal supplements
and phytonutrients and herb teas is primarily due to new product
introductions, continued strong consumer interest in existing products and
increased penetration of Alvita and Nature's Herbs products into domestic
health food stores. Publishing contributed $4.8 million, an increase of $1.4
million, or 39.1%, as compared to $3.4 million in fiscal 1994.
 
  Gross Profit. Gross profit for fiscal 1995 was $58.8 million, which
represented an increase of $11.7 million or 24.9%, as compared to $47.1
million for fiscal 1994. Gross margin was 39.5% for fiscal 1995 as compared to
40.1% for fiscal 1994. The overall increase in gross profit dollars was
attributable to the Company's higher sales volume in fiscal 1995. The decrease
in gross margin for fiscal 1995 as compared to fiscal 1994 was due primarily
to lower gross margins on the Company's Nature's Herbs products due to certain
raw materials price increases and an increase in sales discounts and
allowances offered on certain TWINLAB and Nature's Herbs products under
certain sales incentive programs introduced in 1995, which programs are
expected to be continued in 1996. Such decreases in gross margin were
partially offset by increased sales from a more favorable product mix and
increases in the Company's gross margins for TWINLAB sports nutrition
products, special formulas and Alvita herb tea products.
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
  Operating Expenses. Operating expenses were $27.2 million for fiscal 1995,
representing an increase of $4.2 million, as compared to $23.0 million for
fiscal 1994. As a percent of net sales, operating expenses declined from 19.6%
in fiscal 1994 to 18.3% in fiscal 1995. The increase in operating expenses was
primarily attributable to increased selling and advertising expenses and
higher operating expenses resulting from the Company's increased level of
sales in fiscal 1995. The decline in operating expenses as a percent of net
sales is due to the Company's ability to maintain its expenditures for
research and development and certain general and administrative functions at
approximately the same level as in fiscal 1994, while substantially increasing
the Company's sales volume.
 
  Income from Operations. Income from operations was $31.6 million in fiscal
1995, representing an increase of $7.5 million, or 31.3%, as compared to $24.1
million for fiscal 1994. Income from operations margin increased to 21.3% of
net sales in fiscal 1995, as compared to 20.5% of net sales in fiscal 1994.
The increase in income from operations and income from operations margin was
primarily due to the Company's higher sales volume in fiscal 1995 and a
reduction in the Company's operating expenses as a percent of net sales, which
was partially offset by a reduction in gross margin as discussed above.
 
FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993
 
  Net Sales. Net sales for fiscal 1994 was $117.3 million, an increase of
$17.4 million, or 17.5%, as compared to net sales of $99.9 million in fiscal
1993. The 17.5% increase was attributable to increases in gross sales in each
of the Company's six product categories, partially offset by an increase in
discounts and allowances due to the Company's increased sales volume.
Vitamins, minerals and amino acids contributed $32.3 million, an increase of
$3.2 million, or 11.2%, as compared to $29.1 million in fiscal 1993, primarily
due to continued strong consumer interest in these products. Sports nutrition
contributed $39.9 million, an increase of $5.2 million, or 15.2%, as compared
to $34.7 million in fiscal 1993, primarily due to the increased demand for a
variety of these products. Special formulas contributed $31.0 million, an
increase of $7.4 million, or 30.9%, as compared to $23.6 million in fiscal
1993, primarily due to the successful introduction of 18 new product
formulations and strong growth of existing product lines. Herbal supplements
and phytonutrients contributed $14.5 million, an increase of $2.5 million, or
20.8%, as compared to $12.0 million in fiscal 1993 and herb teas contributed
$4.2 million, an increase of $1.2 million, or 40.6%, as compared to $3.0
million in fiscal 1993. The gross sales increase in both herbal supplements
and phytonutrients and herb teas is primarily due to new product
introductions, continued strong consumer interest in existing products and
increased penetration of Nature's Herbs and Alvita products into domestic
health food stores. Publishing contributed $3.4 million, an increase of $0.7
million, or 27.4%, as compared to $2.7 million in fiscal 1993.
 
  Gross Profit. Gross profit for fiscal 1994 was $47.1 million compared to
$37.8 million in fiscal 1993. As a percent of net sales, gross profit was
40.1% for fiscal 1994 compared to 37.8% for fiscal 1993. The gross profit
dollar increase in fiscal 1994 compared to fiscal 1993 was due to the
Company's higher sales volumes and higher gross margins in fiscal 1994. The
increase in gross margin in fiscal 1994 compared to fiscal 1993 was
attributable to a more favorable product sales mix and higher gross margins on
certain of the Company's TWINLAB vitamins, minerals, amino acids, sports
nutrition products and special formulas. This increase in gross margin was
partially offset by lower gross margins for certain of the Company's Alvita
herb tea products, which was due to the relocation of Alvita Products, Inc.'s
operations from Ronkonkoma, New York to American Fork, Utah.
 
  Operating Expenses. Operating expenses increased by $1.9 million, or 9.0%,
from $21.1 million in fiscal 1993 to $23.0 million in fiscal 1994. As a
percent of net sales, operating expenses declined to 19.6% in fiscal 1994 from
21.1% in fiscal 1993. The dollar increase in operating expenses is primarily
due to higher selling, advertising and delivery expenses. The decline in
operating expenses as a percent of net sales is due partially to the Company's
ability to limit the increase in general and administrative expenses while
achieving a higher level of sales volume.
 
  Income from Operations. Income from operations was $24.1 million in fiscal
1994, an increase of $7.5 million, or 44.7%, as compared to $16.6 million for
fiscal 1993. Income from operations margin increased to 20.5% of net sales in
1994, as compared to 16.7% of net sales in fiscal 1993. The increase in income
from operations and income from operations margin was due to increased sales
volumes together with higher gross margins and lower operating expenses as a
percent of net sales.
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
   
  For first half 1996, cash provided by operating activities was $   million,
and during fiscal 1995 cash provided by operating activities was $26.8
million, compared to $12.9 million in fiscal 1994 and $10.6 million in fiscal
1993. The increase in fiscal 1995 compared to fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1993 was
primarily due to higher net income and reflects higher levels of accounts
payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by higher accounts
receivable and inventory balances due to higher levels of sales volume at the
Company. Cash used in financing activities was $   million in first half 1996,
$24.0 million in fiscal 1995, $13.0 million in fiscal 1994 and $7.3 million in
fiscal 1993 and primarily consisted of distributions to shareholders of $
million, $23.5 million, $13.6 million and $9.4 million for first half 1996,
fiscal 1995, fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1993, respectively.     
   
  Capital expenditures, including purchases under capital leases, were $
million, $2.6 million, $2.5 million and $4.9 million for first half 1996,
fiscal 1995, fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1993, respectively. The higher level of
capital expenditures in fiscal 1993 reflects the construction of the Company's
manufacturing facility in American Fork, Utah, which commenced operations in
the last quarter of fiscal 1993. Historical capital expenditures were
primarily used to purchase production equipment, expand capacity and improve
manufacturing efficiency. Capital expenditures are expected to be
approximately $3.4 million in fiscal 1996 and will be used to purchase
manufacturing equipment and fund plant expansion to support the Company's
future growth. The Company estimates that its historical level of maintenance
capital expenditures has been approximately $0.5 million per fiscal year. See
"Business."     
   
  Management believes that, following the consummation of the Offerings, the
Company will have adequate capital resources and liquidity (including
additional borrowing capacity) to meet its borrowing obligations, fund all
required capital expenditures and pursue its business strategy for the next 18
to 24 months. The Company's capital resources and liquidity are expected to be
provided by the Company's cash flow from operations and borrowings under the
revolving credit facility contained in the New Credit Facility. In connection
with the Acquisition, the Company entered into the New Credit Facility.
Approximately $50.0 million of the net proceeds of the Offerings will be used
to repay the Company's outstanding indebtedness under the term loan facility
contained in the New Credit Facility. See "Use of Proceeds."     
   
  One of the Company's business strategies is to pursue acquisition
opportunities, including product line acquisitions, that complement its
existing products or are compatible with its business philosophy and strategic
goals. Future acquisitions could be financed by internally generated funds,
bank borrowings, public offerings or private placements of equity or debt
securities, or a combination of the foregoing. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to make acquisitions on terms favorable to the
Company and that funds to finance an acquisition will be available or
permitted under the Company's financing instruments. See "Description of
Certain Indebtedness." If the Company completes acquisitions, it will
encounter various associated risks, including the possible inability to
integrate an acquired business into the Company's operations, potentially
increased goodwill amortization, diversion of management's attention and
unanticipated problems or liabilities, some or all of which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial
condition. In addition, such acquisitions could result in substantial equity
dilution to existing stockholders. See "Business--Business Strategy."     
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION
 
  Generally, the Company has been able to pass on inflation-related cost
increases; consequently, inflation has not had a material impact on the
Company's historical operations or profitability.
 
RECENT FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD STATEMENTS
 
  Recent pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, which are
not required to be adopted at this date, include Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting For the Impairment of Long-
Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" and SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock Based Compensation." These pronouncements are not
expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
   
  The Company is the leading manufacturer and marketer of brand name
nutritional supplements sold through domestic health food stores. Since the
Company's founding in 1968 by David and Jean Blechman, the Company has
emphasized the development and introduction of high-quality, unique products
in response to emerging trends in the nutritional supplement industry. The
Company produces a full line of nutritional supplements and offers the
broadest product line in the industry with more than 800 products and 1,500
SKU's. The Company's product line includes vitamins, minerals, amino acids,
fish and marine oils, sports nutrition products and special formulas marketed
under the TWINLAB (R) trademark and a full line of herbal supplements and
phytonutrients and herb teas marketed under the Nature's Herbs (R) and
Alvita (R) trademarks, respectively. None of the Company's products
individually accounted for more than 7% of total net sales in 1995. The
Company's broad product line, strong history of new product introductions and
innovations, superior marketing and advertising programs and premium product
quality have established TWINLAB, Nature's Herbs and Alvita as leading brands
in the nutritional supplement industry.     
   
  Under the management of Mr. and Mrs. Blechman's five sons, the Company has
diversified its product line through internal growth, product development and
selected acquisitions, including the acquisition in 1989 of Natur-Pharma Inc.,
a leading manufacturer and marketer of herbal supplements and phytonutrients
under the Nature's Herbs brand name, and the acquisition in 1991 of Alvita
Products, Inc., a leading marketer of herb teas. The Company has achieved
increased net sales and income from operations every year since 1990. In
particular, during the three-year period from 1993 through 1995, the Company
achieved a compound annual growth rate in net sales and income from operations
of 22.0% and 37.8%, respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995,
the Company achieved net sales growth of 26.8% to $148.7 million and growth in
income from operations of 31.3% to $31.6 million, as compared to fiscal year
1994. For the six months ended June 30, 1996, the Company achieved net sales
of $   million and income from operations of $   million, representing an
increase of   % and   %, respectively, as compared to the six months ended
June 30, 1995.     
   
  The Company's products target consumers who utilize nutritional supplements
in their daily diet and who demand premium quality ingredients in a broad
variety of dosages and delivery methods. The Company's products compete
primarily in the health food store market, where the dominant competitive
factors include product attributes such as quality, potency and the uniqueness
of the product formulation. The Company sells its products domestically
through a network of approximately 60 distributors, who service approximately
11,000 health food stores and other selected retail outlets. The Company
believes that its products are available in over 90% of the health food stores
in the United States. The health food store channel of distribution has
expanded significantly in recent years and is expected to grow further as
national chains, including those which sell the Company's products such as
GNC, WFM, Wild Oats Markets, Fresh Fields, and other industry participants
continue to add stores in new and existing markets. Certain of these chains,
such as GNC and WFM, manufacture and market their own private label products
in addition to selling brand name products manufactured by third parties such
as the Company. The health food store market differs significantly from the
mass market for vitamin and other nutritional supplements where price and
convenience constitute the primary bases of competition. The nutritional
supplement products sold in grocery stores, drug stores and mass merchandisers
are typically manufactured by large pharmaceutical companies and private label
manufacturers. The Company's products are also offered in Europe, Asia, South
America and other international markets through arrangements with overseas
distributors.     
   
  The Company believes it is well positioned to capitalize on the growth of
the nutritional supplement market. Based on estimates contained in the
Packaged Facts Report, the retail market for vitamins, minerals and other
nutritional supplements has grown at a compound annual rate of greater than
12% from $3.3 billion in 1991 to over $4.6 billion in 1994. Furthermore, the
Company's rate of sales growth has exceeded the industry's growth rate for
each year during this period. Packaged Facts forecasts approximately 7% annual
industry growth through the end of the decade in vitamins, minerals and
supplements, which management believes will be fueled by (i) favorable
demographic trends towards older Americans, who are more likely to consume
nutritional supplements; (ii) product introductions in response to new
scientific research findings; (iii) the nationwide trend toward preventive
medicine in response to rising health care costs; and (iv) the heightened
understanding and awareness     
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
of the connection between diet and health. Moreover, although the industry has
grown dramatically in recent years, there is still a large untapped domestic
market as only an estimated 50% of Americans currently consume vitamins,
minerals and herbal supplements on a regular basis.
   
  TLC was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1996 and
maintains its principal executive offices at 2120 Smithtown Avenue,
Ronkonkoma, New York 11779. Its telephone number is (516) 467-3140.     
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  The Company's strategy is to continue to enhance its leadership position in
the domestic sale of vitamins, minerals and other nutritional supplements in
health food stores and to increase its market share and sales while continuing
to improve its overall operating efficiency and financial performance. The
Company intends to capitalize on the TWINLAB brand name by growing market
share domestically, increasing penetration of the Company's other brands,
continuing to introduce new products and product extensions, and expanding
internationally. Specifically, the Company seeks to:
 
  Capitalize on Powerful Brand Name Recognition. The Company's recognized
product quality, broad product line, strong history of new product
introductions and innovations, and superior marketing and advertising programs
have established TWINLAB, Nature's Herbs and Alvita as leading brands in the
nutritional supplement industry. Each of the Company's product categories,
including vitamins, minerals and amino acids; sports nutrition; special
formulas; herbal supplements and phytonutrients; and herb teas, have posted
double digit sales growth in each of the last three years. The Company's
extensive marketing and advertising programs have been critical components of
its products' strong brand name recognition, and management believes that the
Company offers its customers the strongest marketing and advertising support
programs in the industry. In fiscal 1995 the Company invested $11.1 million,
an increase of 27% over fiscal 1994, in marketing and advertising to promote
its products. Furthermore, since quality is a critical factor in consumer
purchase decisions, the Company believes that its premium quality ingredients,
modern manufacturing facilities and comprehensive quality control procedures
have enabled the Company to establish a competitive advantage based on the
quality of its products.
 
  Increase Penetration in the Growing Health Food Market. Management believes
that the expansion of retail distribution channels and the strong growth
characteristics of the nutritional supplement industry provide the Company
with significant opportunities to increase sales. Management further believes
that the established brand name recognition of the Company's products
positions it to increase its penetration of shelf space as health food
retailers seek to align themselves with companies who possess strong brand
names, offer a wide range of products, demonstrate continued marketing and
advertising support and provide consistently high levels of customer service.
Since Nature's Herbs and Alvita products currently are available in only an
estimated 60% and 50%, respectively, of domestic health food stores, compared
to an estimated 90% for TWINLAB products, the Company believes that it will be
able to capitalize on health food retailers' success with the TWINLAB product
line in order to significantly increase shelf space for the Company's herbal
supplements, phytonutrients and herb teas.
 
  Continue to Introduce New Products and Product Innovations. A cornerstone of
the Company's success has been its ability to rapidly utilize recent
scientific and medical findings in its new product development efforts. The
Company has consistently been among the first in its industry to introduce new
products and product innovations which anticipate and meet customer demands
for newly identified nutritional supplement benefits. Furthermore, the
Company's geographically diverse network of more than 60 distributors allows
the Company to achieve immediate and broad distribution for new product
launches. As part of its ongoing research and development effort, the Company
maintains an extensive database and actively researches and monitors a wide
variety of publications containing scientific and medical research. From 1991
through 1995, the Company introduced over 350 products, with over 90 new
products introduced in 1995 alone. Gross sales during 1995 from new products
introduced in 1995 were $18.4 million, or approximately 11% of gross sales.
The Company intends to build upon its historical success by continuing to
introduce new and innovative products not previously available in health food
stores.
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
  Build Upon Established Customer Relationships. The Company's established
relationships with distributors and health food store retailers are based upon
the Company's long-standing commitment to a high level of customer service. In
order to ensure that its customers receive prompt and reliable service, the
Company has designed a flexible and responsive manufacturing process and has
achieved a 98% fill rate for customer orders. In addition, the Company's sales
force consists of 30 dedicated sales professionals who operate in sales
territories which cover the entire continental United States and Alaska. The
primary functions of the Company's sales force are to gain better placement
and additional shelf space for the Company's products and to stay abreast of
customer needs. The sales force personnel work with direct accounts,
distributors and individual retailers to enhance knowledge of TWINLAB,
Nature's Herbs and Alvita products and to achieve maximum exposure for these
products.
   
  Increase Penetration of Foreign Markets. Management believes that there are
substantial opportunities for the Company to expand its presence in foreign
markets. The Company has a department, headed by a senior sales professional,
dedicated to increasing sales in such markets. The Company's foreign marketing
effort is primarily focused on establishing additional relationships with
leading overseas distributor organizations as a cost-effective method of
increasing international sales. The Company presently has distribution
agreements covering over 44 foreign countries and has agreements for another
seven countries currently in negotiation. In 1995, the Company had net sales
of $8.3 million to foreign markets.     
   
  Supplement Internal Growth Through Strategic Acquisitions. As the
nutritional supplement industry is highly fragmented with many companies
producing only a single product line or single product, the Company believes
that it is strategically positioned to participate in the consolidation of the
industry due to its established brand name, broad distribution capabilities
and proven ability to generate sales of its products through successful
marketing programs. Since 1989 the Company has acquired two businesses, Natur-
Pharma Inc. (Nature's Herbs) and Alvita Products, Inc., and in each case has
embarked on successful expansion programs which resulted in substantially
higher sales and income from operations for the acquired companies. Net sales
for Natur-Pharma Inc. increased from $5.2 million in 1990 (the first full year
after its acquisition) to $17.9 million in 1995, and net sales for Alvita
Products, Inc. increased from $1.7 million in 1992 (the first full year after
its acquisition) to $5.6 million in 1995. The Company intends to actively
pursue acquisition opportunities, including product line acquisitions, that
complement its existing products or are compatible with its business
philosophy and strategic goals. Some of such acquisition opportunities may be
material and some are currently under investigation, discussion or
negotiation. There can be no assurance that any such opportunities will result
in a completed acquisition. Future acquisitions could be financed by
internally generated funds, bank borrowings, public offerings or private
placements of equity or debt securities, or a combination of the foregoing.
See "Risk Factors--Risks of Future Acquisitions."     
 
INDUSTRY
   
  Based on estimates in the Packaged Facts Report, the retail market for
vitamins, minerals and other supplements has grown over 12% annually from $3.3
billion in 1991 to $4.6 billion in 1994. The herbal supplements and herb tea
market has grown at a compound annual growth rate of over 10% since 1991 to
approximately $1.1 billion in 1995. Sports nutrition products have grown 9%
annually since 1991 to over $1.2 billion in 1994. The Company believes that
these market segments will continue to experience strong growth due to recent
scientific research suggesting potential health benefits from regular
consumption of vitamins and other nutritional supplement products, increasing
national interest in preventive health measures and favorable demographic
trends that indicate increased usage of vitamins and other nutritional
supplements. Packaged Facts estimates compound annual growth rates in the
market for vitamins, minerals and other supplements of approximately 7% from
1994 through 1999. The market for herbal supplements and herb teas is
projected to grow over 11% annually from 1994 through 1999, while sports
nutrition sales are projected to increase 8% annually from 1994 through 1999.
    
  The Company expects that the aging of the United States population, together
with a corresponding increased focus on preventive health measures, will
result in increased demand for nutritional supplement products. According to
Congressional findings that accompanied the Dietary Supplement Health and
Education Act of 1994, national surveys reveal that almost 50% of Americans
regularly consume vitamins, minerals and
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
herbal supplements. The 35-and-older age group of consumers, which represent
78% of regular users of vitamin and mineral supplements, is expected to grow
dramatically over the next two decades. Specifically, based on data provided
by the U.S. Bureau of the Census, from 1990 to 2010, the 35-44 and 45-and-
older age groups are projected to grow at rates 175% and 225% faster than the
general U.S. population, respectively. In addition, the "baby boom echo" (the
children of baby boomers) is projected to result in substantial growth in the
16-21 age group, the largest segment of consumers of sports nutrition
products. The Company expects that growth in this age group will result in
increased demand for its sports nutrition products.
 
  Vitamins and other nutritional supplements are sold primarily through six
channels of distribution: health food stores, drug stores, supermarkets and
other grocery stores, discount stores, mail order and direct sales
organizations. Mass market retailers (drug stores, grocery stores and discount
stores) account for approximately 60% of sales, while health food stores, mail
order and direct selling account for approximately 40% of sales.
   
  The United States health food store market is comprised of approximately
11,000 stores, which are generally either independently owned or associated
with one of several regional or national chains, including GNC and Whole Foods
Market. According to a 1994 retail survey, nutritional supplements account for
over 41% of a typical health food store's sales. Moreover, 54% of health food
retailers state that these products are their primary product. The health food
store channel of distribution has grown significantly in recent years and is
expected to continue to grow as customers of the Company, such as GNC, WFM,
Wild Oats Markets and Fresh Fields, and other industry participants continue
to add stores in new and existing markets. The growth in the health food
channel of distribution is partially attributable to the general growth in
natural product sales. Natural products are defined as products that are
minimally processed, environmentally friendly, largely or wholly free from
artificial chemicals and, in general, as close to their natural states as
possible. Natural product industry sales have consistently grown at nearly 10%
per year since 1988, even during the recession of the early 1990s. During
1994, natural products industry sales rose 23% to $7.6 billion. The rate of
growth accelerated from 7% in 1990 to 10%, 14% and 18% in 1991, 1992 and 1993,
respectively.     
 
PRODUCTS
 
  The Company has a highly diversified array of products and product
categories, each of which achieves strong gross margins. The Company
manufactures and markets over 800 products and over 1,500 SKU's in five
product categories: vitamins, minerals and amino acids; sports nutrition;
special formulas; herbal supplements and phytonutrients; and herb teas. The
Company also operates a subsidiary which publishes health, fitness and
nutrition-related publications.
 
  The following table sets forth certain information concerning each of the
Company's product categories in fiscal 1995.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THREE-YEAR
                                                                COMPOUND ANNUAL
                                    NUMBER OF   PERCENTAGE OF     GROSS SALES
            PRODUCT CATEGORY          SKU'S   TOTAL GROSS SALES     GROWTH
            ----------------        --------- ----------------- ---------------
     <S>                            <C>       <C>               <C>
     Vitamins, Minerals and Amino
      Acids........................     315          22.8%           12.9%
     Sports Nutrition..............     285          33.1            24.6
     Special Formulas..............     309          25.4            32.0
     Herbal Supplements and
      Phytonutrients...............     465          12.2            28.7
     Herb Teas.....................     143           3.5            39.0
     Publishing....................     N/A           3.0            33.1
                                      -----         -----            ----
                                      1,517         100.0%           24.4%
                                      =====         =====            ====
</TABLE>
 
  Vitamins, Minerals and Amino Acids. The vitamins, minerals and amino acids
category is comprised of a complete line of vitamins, minerals and amino acids
marketed under the TWINLAB brand name, including multivitamins and single-
entity vitamins (such as B-complex, C and E), minerals (such as calcium and
magnesium) and amino acids (such as glutamine and carnitine). These products
are available in a variety of delivery forms, including liquid, powder,
capsule and tablet to accommodate a variety of consumer preferences.
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
This category targets a broad array of health conscious consumers, with
particular emphasis on consumers who utilize nutritional supplements in their
daily diet and who demand premium quality ingredients in a broad variety of
dosages and delivery methods.
 
  Sports Nutrition. The sports nutrition category includes a wide variety of
nutritional supplements designed for and targeted to athletes. Sports
nutrition products include Hydra Fuel and Ultra Fuel drinks, which replenish
glucose and electrolytes depleted during strenuous exercise; and DietFuel,
RxFuel, and Ripped Fuel, which are marketed, as part of a low fat diet and
exercise program, for the preservation of lean body mass and the building of
muscle mass. The Company's sports nutrition products are utilized by both
amateur and professional athletes in a variety of competitive sports. The
Company believes that its strong sports nutrition business serves to increase
the Company's brand awareness among customers who, as they grow older, will
shift their buying patterns to include vitamins, minerals and herbal products,
and who, based on their positive experiences with the Company's brand name,
are more likely to purchase products from the Company's other product
categories.
 
  Special Formulas. The special formulas category consists of a broad
assortment of products formulated with specific health conditions or
objectives in mind. Special formulas are primarily targeted to sophisticated
users of health related products, including regular customers of health food
stores. Examples include OcuGuard, which is formulated for nutritional support
of the eyes, MaxiLIFE, which offers an advanced antioxidant formula, and
Coenzyme Q/1//0/, which is designed for cardiovascular health. In addition,
the Company sells a variety of fish and marine oils in a number of different
delivery forms which offer a multitude of nutritional benefits, including
favorable effects on cardiovascular health.
   
  Herbal Supplements and Phytonutrients. Herbal supplements and phytonutrients
(nutrients from botanical sources that are considered to have medicinal
properties) have become increasingly important categories in health food
stores. Through its Nature's Herbs product line, the Company produces a full
line of herbal supplements and phytonutrients which offer natural alternatives
to over-the-counter ("OTC") medications. The Company manufactures and markets
approximately 400 herbal and botanical supplements which are produced at the
Company's modern FDA registered manufacturing facility in American Fork, Utah
and sold under the Nature's Herbs brand name. Nature's Herbs products include
single herbs, such as saw palmetto, garlic, gingko, ginseng and golden seal;
traditional combinations, such as echinacea-golden seal; standardized
extracts, such as Bilberry Power and Milk Thistle Power sold under the POWER
HERBS(R) brand name; and natural HealthCare product formulations, such as
Allerin and Coldrin. Nature's Herbs products are packaged using the innovative
FRESH CARE(R) System developed by the Company. The FRESH CARE System is the
first all-glass and antioxidant-protected herbal packaging system that helps
remove oxygen while locking out air, moisture and light in order to maintain
potency and to extend freshness. Management believes that the association of
the Nature's Herbs product line with TWINLAB's strong name brand recognition
and reputation for premium quality and service, combined with the increased
penetration of herbal supplements and phytonutrients in the growing health
food store channel of distribution, have contributed to the rapid growth
experienced by this product line.     
   
  Herb Teas. Through its Alvita product line, the Company offers approximately
100 herb teas in both single use bags and bulk. Alvita is a leading brand of
herb teas and is one of the most recognizable tea brands sold through health
food stores. Alvita was founded in 1922 and is one of the nation's oldest herb
tea companies. Alvita purchases tea in bulk form, formulates blends of natural
herb teas and designs the packaging for its products. Alvita's teas are
currently blended and packaged by an independent contractor. Representative
Alvita teas include Peppermint Leaf, Chamomile, Echinacea, Golden Seal, Ginger
and Senna Leaf, as well as new-age blends such as Chinese Green Tea, available
in a choice of citrus flavors, and TrimTime Thermogenic Diet Tea. Alvita
markets its products with an environmentally conscious theme by packaging bulk
tea and tea bags in paper and by not utilizing shrink wrap for either its
outer boxes or tea bags. Alvita recently launched a new line of herbal tea
blends named Herbal Remeteas, including Highland Lullaby, Manchurian Brain
Blend, Jamaica Digesti Brew, and Canadian Natur-Tussin. The Company believes
that significant opportunities for product line expansion exist in combining
Alvita teas and other nutritional supplements to create a new delivery form
for traditional herbal supplements and phytonutrients.     
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
  Publishing. Through Advanced Research Press, Inc., the Company publishes
Muscular Development, Fitness & Health, a high-quality bodybuilding and
fitness magazine featuring a scientific advisory board and contributors
considered to be among the most accomplished and knowledgeable in their
respective fields. The magazine covers recent developments and provides
innovative information in the fields of training and nutrition research,
supplements, health, fitness and diet. This publication serves as a useful
vehicle to increase public awareness of the Company's products and as an
outlet for a portion of the Company's advertising program. Muscular
Development, Fitness & Health currently has a monthly paid circulation of
approximately 113,000 readers. The Company also publishes health and fitness
related books and is exploring the introduction of new health and fitness
related products.
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
  The Company is recognized as an industry leader in new product development.
The Company closely monitors consumer trends and scientific research, and has
consistently introduced innovative products and programs in response thereto.
The Company's product development staff regularly studies over 50 different
health and nutrition periodicals, including the New England Journal of
Medicine and the Journal of the American Medical Association, in order to
generate ideas for new product formulations. Management believes that the
Company's introduction of new products has increased market share for both the
Company and its retail customers, and the Company intends to continue
developing new products and programs in the future. The Company was the first
major nutritional supplement manufacturer to introduce such industry-wide
innovations as: an all-capsule vitamin and mineral line that is well tolerated
by allergy-prone individuals; a complete line of amino acids and fish and
marine oils; the most advanced and complete array of antioxidants, including
beta carotene, L-glutathione, L-cysteine, N-acetyl cysteine (NAC) and an
entirely new class of antioxidants, including polyphenols, flavonoids and
isoflavones; concentrated Coenzyme Q/1//0/; high potency phosphatidyl choline
and patented GTF Chromium; pioneering thermogenic products; standardized
herbal extracts guaranteeing potency (Certified Potency); the FRESH CARE
packaging system, designed to preserve potency and freshness; a full line of
Ayurvedic Indian herbal products; and a complete line of herb teas in single
use bag and bulk form. From 1991 through 1995, the Company introduced over 350
products with over 90 new products introduced in 1995 alone.
 
  The Company's research and development expenses were $1.1 million in 1995,
$1.0 million in 1994 and $0.9 million in 1993, including the support of
scientific research at independent research centers located at major
universities and medical centers.
 
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
 
  The Company believes that its TWINLAB products are available in
approximately 90% of domestic health food stores. The Company sells its
products primarily through a network of approximately 60 distributors, which
service approximately 11,000 health food stores throughout the country and
selected retail outlets. Sales to domestic distributors represented
approximately 88% of the Company's gross sales in 1995. The Company's
distributor customers include GNC, Tree of Life, Cornucopia, Stow Mills,
Nature's Best and other distributors that supply retailers of vitamins,
minerals and other nutritional supplements. Management believes that it sells
its products to every major nutritional supplement distributor servicing
health food stores and is generally the largest independent supplier of
nutritional supplements to each such distributor. The Company is also
currently expanding distribution into domestic military exchanges.
 
  Several of the Company's distributors, such as GNC, Cornucopia and Tree of
Life, are national in scope, but most are regional in nature and operate one
or more localized distribution centers. Generally, the Company enters into
nonexclusive area rights agreements with its domestic distributors, who are
also responsible for new account development. Retailers typically place orders
with and are supplied directly by the Company's distributors. In the past ten
years, the Company has not lost a major distributor customer other than
through consolidation with an existing customer of the Company. The breadth
and depth of the products manufactured
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
and the ability to manufacture with minimal throughput times enables the
Company to maintain extremely high order fill rates, which management believes
are among the highest in the industry, with its customer base.
 
  Tree of Life and GNC accounted for approximately 28% and 22%, respectively,
of the Company's net sales in 1995. No other single customer accounted for
more than 10% of the Company's net sales in 1995. The largest retail
organization which sells the Company's products is GNC, which operates
approximately 2,400 stores.
 
  Approximately 6%, or $8.3 million, of the Company's net sales in 1995 were
derived from international sales which originate from overseas distributor
organizations. The Company presently has distribution agreements for fifteen
European countries, including Great Britain, The Benelux Countries and the
Scandinavian countries; fourteen Latin American countries, including Mexico,
Brazil and Paraguay; eight Middle Eastern countries, including Israel and
Saudi Arabia; and various other countries in the Far East and the Caribbean.
The Company also has agreements for another seven countries currently in
negotiation.
 
MARKETING AND CUSTOMER SALES SUPPORT
 
  The Company's marketing strategy, which centers around an extensive
advertising and promotion program, together with the Company's customer sales
support services have been critical components of the Company's growth, strong
brand name recognition and leading position within the nutritional supplement
industry. Management believes that the levels of its advertising and
promotional support and of its customer service rank among the highest in the
industry.
 
  The Company's marketing and advertising expenditures were approximately
$11.1 million in 1995, $8.7 million in 1994 and $7.1 million in 1993. Of the
Company's $8.4 million in 1995 advertising expenditures, approximately $5.5
million, or 65%, was spent on print advertising, approximately $2.0 million,
or 24%, was spent on television and radio advertising and approximately $0.9
million, or 11%, was spent on production of advertising materials. As the
Company's customers align themselves with fewer vendors of brand name
products, the Company believes that its strong commitment to advertising and
promotion will continue to constitute a significant competitive advantage. The
Company's advertising strategy stresses brand awareness of the Company's
various product segments in order to generate purchases by customers and also
communicates the points-of-difference between the Company's products and those
of its competitors.
 
  A significant portion of the Company's advertising budget is focused on
advertisements in magazines. The Company regularly advertises in consumer
magazines such as Better Nutrition, Delicious, Vegetarian Times, Let's Live,
Natural Health, New Age Journal, Bicycling, VeloNews, Triathlete, Runner's
World, Muscle & Fitness, Flex, and Ironman, as well as trade magazines such as
Natural Foods Merchandiser, Vitamin Retailer, Nutrition Science News, Health
Foods Business and Whole Foods.
 
  Other marketing and advertising programs conducted by the Company include
participation in or sponsorship of sporting events such as running
competitions, including the Boston Marathon and the Los Angeles Marathon, and
bodybuilding competitions, including the Arnold Classic and the NPC National
Bodybuilding Championships, and sponsorship of health-oriented television and
radio programs. In addition, the Company promotes its products at major
industry trade shows and through in-store point of sale materials. The Company
also engages elite athletes, including Shelly Beattie, Michael Mentzer and
John Romano, and nutritional experts such as Dr. James Duke, to communicate on
the Company's behalf with the trade and the public and to promote the
Company's products.
 
  The Company's established customer relationships are based upon the
Company's long-standing commitment to a high level of customer service. The
Company's sales force currently consists of 30 dedicated sales professionals
whose primary functions are to gain better placement and additional shelf
space for TWINLAB, Nature's Herbs and Alvita products and to stay abreast of
customer needs. These sales representatives are assigned to specific
territories covering the entire continental United States and Alaska. These
personnel work with direct accounts, distributors and individual retailers to
enhance knowledge of the
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
Company's products and to maximize exposure for TWINLAB, Nature's Herbs and
Alvita products. An additional three person sales and marketing staff supports
Nature's Herbs products and the servicing of customer needs. The Company also
designs and supplies marketing literature to help educate retailers and
consumers as to the benefits of the Company's products.
 
  The Company operates an in-house customer service department to respond to
inquiries requesting information concerning product applications, background
data, ingredient compositions and the efficacy of products. The department is
currently staffed by three nutrition experts.
 
MANUFACTURING AND PRODUCT QUALITY
   
  Virtually all of the Company's TWINLAB products are manufactured at the
Company's 80,000 square foot manufacturing facility located in Ronkonkoma, New
York. Herbal supplements and phytonutrients are manufactured at the Company's
48,000 square foot FDA registered manufacturing facility in American Fork,
Utah. Herb teas are currently packaged by an independent contractor and are
warehoused at the American Fork, Utah, facility. The Company's two modern
manufacturing facilities provide the Company with the capability to meet
customers' sales demands with a prompt response time and to maintain the
highest level of quality control. The Company is continuously upgrading its
facilities and enhancing its manufacturing capabilities through new equipment
purchases and technological improvements. Management believes that the
Company's manufacturing facilities are among the most advanced in the
nutritional supplement industry. In 1995, the Company acquired additional
property adjacent to its American Fork, Utah, facility to provide additional
plant capacity for the operations of the Natur-Pharma (Nature's Herbs) and
Alvita Products Divisions of the Company. The Company is constructing an 8,500
square foot addition to its Utah facility at a cost of approximately $700,000.
Management believes that the Company's Utah facility will be sufficient to
enable the Company to meet sales demand for the foreseeable future and that
its New York facility will be sufficient to meet sales demand for TWINLAB
products for approximately three years. Management believes that it will have
the option to lease additional space or to construct a new facility at such
time.     
 
  The Company's modern manufacturing operations feature pharmaceutical quality
blending, filling and packaging capabilities, which enable the Company to
offer quality and consistency in formulation and delivery. The Company
operates flexible manufacturing lines which enables it to efficiently and
effectively shift output among various products as dictated by customer
demand. The Company is capable of producing over 25 million capsules and
tablets, over 100,000 pounds of blended powder and up to 2,500 gallons of
liquid preparations per day. The Company has six high-speed capsule and tablet
packaging lines, two high-speed liquid filling lines, two powder filling lines
and one chewable tablet packaging line which are capable of operating
simultaneously, at its Ronkonkoma, New York, and American Fork, Utah,
facilities. The Company manufactures the powders used in its line of single-
serving sports drink products but utilizes a contract bottler for the
hydration and bottling of these products. The Company operates on a 24-hour
work day that includes two production shifts and a third shift dedicated
solely to cleaning, maintenance and equipment set-up.
 
  The Company sources its raw material needs from over 200 different
suppliers, including some of the largest pharmaceutical and chemical companies
in the world. The Company's raw materials and packaging supplies are readily
available from multiple suppliers, and the Company is not dependent on any
single supplier for its needs. No single supplier accounted for more than 10%
of the Company's total purchases in 1995.
 
  The Company's quality standards are a critical factor in consumer purchase
decisions, and the Company believes it has established a competitive advantage
based on the quality of its products. All of the Company's capsule and tablet
products are visually inspected before being packaged in virtually light-proof
amber glass for better product freshness and stability. Moreover, each of the
Company's products undergoes comprehensive quality control testing procedures
from the receipt of raw materials to the release of the packaged product. The
Company utilizes real-time computerized monitoring of its manufacturing
processes to ensure proper product weights and measures. In addition, the
Company maintains two in-house laboratories with state-of-the-art testing
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
and analysis equipment where the Company performs most of its testing,
including stability tests, active component characterization utilizing thin-
layer and high-pressure liquid chromatography, and UV visible and infrared
spectrometry. The Company contracts with independent laboratories to perform
the balance of its testing requirements. A team of 50 full-time quality
assurance professionals regularly conducts a wide variety of visual and
scientific tests on all manufactured products, and samples of raw materials
and finished products are retained for quality control purposes for up to four
years.
 
  The Company has a strong commitment to maintaining the quality of the
environment. All of the Company's plastic containers are recyclable and,
wherever possible, the Company uses recyclable glass. The Company was also one
of the first companies in the industry to use biodegradable starch pellets for
packing materials. In addition, the Company has removed most solvents from its
production processes (using natural, environmentally-safe alternatives) and
helped develop a special glue, for manufacturing purposes, that contains
virtually no harmful hydrocarbons. The Company believes it is in material
compliance with all applicable environmental regulations.
 
COMPETITION
 
  Within the nutritional supplement industry, suppliers can be divided into
three major categories: specialty firms, like the Company, which focus on
vitamins, minerals and other nutritional supplements targeted to health food
store retailers; major pharmaceutical companies and private label contractors,
which sell vitamins and other nutritional supplements that are targeted to
mass market retailers; and direct sale and mail order companies.
 
  The domestic nutritional supplement industry that targets products to the
health food store market is highly fragmented, with a number of small
competitors involved in manufacturing and marketing vitamin and other
nutritional supplement products to health food retailers and distributors.
Most of these companies are relatively small businesses operating on a local
or regional level. Although most companies are privately held, resulting in
the Company's inability to precisely assess the size of its competitors,
management believes that the Company is substantially larger than the next
largest firm that targets independently-owned health food stores and that,
among competitors which sell through independent distributors, it is the
largest company which manufactures a majority of its own products.
   
  The Company's principal competitors in the health food store market include
Nutraceuticals, Weider/Schiff, Nature's Way, Solgar and Nature's Plus. Private
label products of the Company's customers also provide competition to the
Company's products. For example, a substantial portion of GNC's vitamin and
mineral supplement offerings are products offered under GNC's own private
label. Many of the Company's competitors in markets other than the health food
store market, including the major pharmaceutical companies, have substantially
greater financial and other resources than the Company.     
 
  The Company believes that the growing number of health food retailers are
increasingly likely to align themselves with those companies which offer a
wide variety of high quality products, have a loyal customer base, support
their brands with strong marketing and advertising programs and provide
consistently high levels of customer service. The Company believes that it
competes favorably with other nutritional supplement companies because of its
comprehensive line of products, premium brand names, commitment to quality,
ability to rapidly introduce innovative products, competitive pricing, high
customer-order fill rate, strong and effective sales force and distribution
network, and sophisticated advertising and promotional support. The wide
variety and diversity of the forms, potencies and categories of the Company's
products are important points of differentiation between the Company and many
of its competitors.
 
REGULATORY MATTERS
   
 Government Regulation     
 
  The manufacturing, processing, formulating, packaging, labeling and
advertising of the Company's products are subject to regulation by one or more
federal agencies, including the FDA, the FTC, the CPSC, the USDA and the EPA.
These activities are also regulated by various agencies of the states,
localities and foreign countries
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
to which the Company distributes its products and in which the Company's
products are sold. The FDA, in particular, regulates the formulation,
manufacture, and labeling of vitamin and other nutritional supplements.
 
  On October 25, 1994, the President signed into law the DSHEA. This new law
revises the provisions of the FFDC Act concerning the composition and labeling
of dietary supplements and, in the judgment of the Company, is favorable to
the dietary supplement industry. The legislation creates a new statutory class
of "dietary supplements." This new class includes vitamins, minerals, herbs,
amino acids and other dietary substances for human use to supplement the diet,
and the legislation grandfathers, with certain limitations, dietary
ingredients on the market before October 15, 1994. A dietary supplement which
contains a new dietary ingredient, one not on the market before October 15,
1994, will require evidence of a history of use or other evidence of safety
establishing that it will reasonably be expected to be safe, such evidence to
be provided by the manufacturer or distributor to the FDA before it may be
marketed. The DSHEA also invalidates the FDA's prior enforcement theory that
dietary supplements are food additives requiring pre-market approval.
   
  The substantial majority of the products marketed by the Company are
classified as dietary supplements under the FFDC Act. Advertising and label
claims for dietary supplements have been regulated by state and federal
authorities under a number of disparate regulatory schemes. There can be no
assurance that a state will not interpret claims presumptively valid under
federal law as illegal under that state's regulations, or that future FDA or
FTC regulations or decisions will not restrict the permissible scope of such
claims.     
   
  The labeling requirements for dietary supplements have not been clearly
established. In December 1995, the FDA issued proposed regulations to govern
the labeling of dietary supplements. These regulations are expected to become
final later in 1996, and would require the Company to revise all of its
dietary supplement labels in 1997. The FDA has informally stated that it will,
subject to public comment, withhold enforcement of these regulations until
January 1, 1998.     
   
  A small portion of the herb products sold by the Company are labeled as
over-the-counter drugs as opposed to dietary supplements. The regulatory
status of these products is determined by the classification of their active
ingredients. If certain of these active ingredients are determined to not be
in compliance with the applicable FDA Over-The-Counter Drug Monographs, which
prescribe permissible ingredients and permit the sale of such products, the
Company could be required to relabel or reformulate such products.     
   
  Some of the products marketed by the Company as dietary supplements may be
determined to be conventional foods by regulatory authorities. In such case,
labeling changes could be required to conform the labels for such products to
existing conventional food labeling regulations.     
   
  Both foods and dietary supplements are subject to the NLEA which prohibits
the use of any health claim for foods, including dietary supplements, unless
the health claim is supported by significant scientific agreement and is pre-
approved by the FDA. To date, the FDA has approved the use of health claims
for dietary supplements only in connection with calcium for osteoporosis, and
folic acid for neural tube defects. However, among other things, the DSHEA
amends, for dietary supplements, the NLEA by providing that "statements of
nutritional support" may be used in labeling for dietary supplements without
FDA pre-approval if certain requirements, including prominent disclosure on
the label of the lack of FDA review of the relevant statement, possession by
the marketer of substantiating evidence for the statement and post-use
notification to the FDA, are met. Such statements may describe how particular
nutritional supplements affect the structure, function or general well-being
of the body (e.g. "promotes your cardiovascular health").     
          
  Governmental regulations in foreign countries where the Company plans to
commence or expand sales may prevent or delay entry into the market or prevent
or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of certain of the
Company's products. Compliance with such foreign governmental regulations is
generally the responsibility of the Company's distributors for those
countries. These distributors are independent contractors over whom the
Company has limited control.     
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
   
  As a result of the Company's efforts to comply with applicable statutes and
regulations, the Company has from time to time reformulated, eliminated or
relabeled certain of its products and revised certain provisions of its sales
and marketing program. The Company cannot predict the nature of any future
laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, nor can it determine what
effect additional governmental regulations or administrative orders, when and
if promulgated, would have on its business in the future. They could, however,
require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the
recall or discontinuance of certain products not capable of reformulation,
additional recordkeeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain
products, expanded or different labeling, and/or scientific substantiation.
Any or all of such requirements could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations and financial condition.     
   
  The Company's American Fork, Utah, facility is registered with the FDA as a
manufacturer of OTC drugs and is subject to periodic inspection by the FDA.
       
  Compliance with the provisions of national, state and local environmental
laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect upon the capital
expenditures, earnings, financial position, liquidity or competitive position
of the Company.     
   
 FTC Proceeding     
   
  In 1989, Twin Laboratories Inc. received an informal inquiry from the New
York Regional Office of the FTC seeking substantiation for certain advertising
claims made for a segment of its "Fuel" bodybuilding, sports nutrition and
weight loss line of products. In response, Twin Laboratories Inc. submitted
scientific substantiation and financial information to the FTC. The Company
has been negotiating this matter with the FTC staff since December 1994.     
   
  In August 1995, the FTC staff informed the Company that it intended to
recommend to the FTC Commissioners that the FTC file a civil administrative
complaint against the Company unless the Company agreed to settle the matter
by a proposed consent order (the "Consent Order"), which Consent Order has
since been the subject of negotiations between the FTC staff and the Company.
The most recent draft of the Consent Order, which the Company received in May
1996, provides for, among other things: (1) injunctive relief prohibiting the
Company from making muscle building and fat burning claims for its
bodybuilding, sports nutrition and certain weight loss products without
scientific substantiation and from misrepresenting the nature of tests or
studies in connection with its bodybuilding, sports nutrition and weight loss
products and requiring the Company to have prior substantiation for all claims
made with respect to such products and (2) a payment of $200,000 to the FTC.
If a consent order is entered, violations of the terms thereof would allow the
FTC to seek maximum penalties of $10,000 per day for each violation. The
Company has determined at the current time not to settle this matter on the
terms set forth in the most recent draft of the Consent Order and anticipates
possible further negotiations with the FTC. The Company cannot at this time
predict whether it will be able to reach a negotiated settlement of this
matter.     
   
  In May 1996, the FTC staff informed the Company that unless a settlement is
reached in the very near future, it would proceed to recommend to the FTC
Commissioners that a civil administrative complaint seeking injunctive relief
be issued against the Company. If such a recommendation were to be made by the
FTC staff, the Company will be entitled to a hearing before the FTC
Commissioners to present its position that the administrative complaint should
not be issued. Should a complaint be issued, there can be no assurance that
any injunctive relief and other terms of any eventual litigated resolution of
this matter will be limited to those sought in the most recent draft of the
Consent Order.     
   
  In addition, the FTC staff has notified the Company that if the FTC were
successful in an administrative litigation against the Company, the FTC may
thereafter sue the Company in federal court seeking redress payments to
consumers who purchased products containing claims that are subject to any
administrative order that results from such administrative litigation. It is
premature to assess whether a federal court would grant such a remedy or how
any consumer redress payments would be calculated.     
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Company believes that it has adequate scientific substantiation for the
claims at issue, and intends to vigorously defend this matter if a settlement
is not reached. There can be no assurance that any injunctive relief or
monetary payment (including the potential consumer redress payments) resulting
from a negotiated or litigated resolution of this matter would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company.     
   
 Ma Huang     
          
  Approximately 14 of the Company's products include a Chinese herb known as
"Ma Huang," which contains naturally-occurring ephedrine. Such products
accounted for 11.7% of the Company's net sales for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1995, and 10.5% of the Company's net sales for the six months
ended June 30, 1996. The Company's products which contain Ma Huang are
generally marketed for bodybuilding, weight loss, sports nutrition and for
other purposes, including increased endurance and energy, generally in
conjunction with diet or exercise, and as natural alternatives to over-the-
counter medications.     
          
  Ma Huang has been the subject of certain adverse publicity in the United
States and other countries relating to alleged harmful effects, including the
deaths of several individuals. The death in Florida of a Long Island college
student on March 6, 1996, reportedly from over-ingestion of an ephedrine-
containing product (which was not manufactured or distributed by the Company),
received significant coverage in the press and national media. On April 10,
1996, the FDA issued a statement (the "Statement") warning consumers not to
purchase or consume dietary supplements containing ephedrine with labels that
often portray the products as apparent alternatives to illegal street drugs.
None of the Company's products which contain Ma Huang are marketed for such
purpose. The statement explains that the products portrayed as apparent
alternatives to illegal street drugs pose significant health risks to
consumers--dizziness, headache, gastrointestinal distress, irregular
heartbeat, heart palpitations, heart attack, strokes, seizures, psychosis and
death--and that the labels on such products claim or imply that they produce
such effects as euphoria, increased sexual sensations, heightened awareness,
increased energy and other effects. The FDA is currently considering whether
it should prohibit, limit potencies or place other restrictions on the sale of
products containing Ma Huang. There can be no assurance that the FDA will not
seek to impose additional regulations on products which contain Ma Huang,
including those marketed by the Company.     
   
  While a number of states and local governmental entities have instituted
bans on sales of Ma Huang-containing products that are portrayed as apparent
alternatives to illegal street drugs, certain other states and foreign
jurisdictions limit ephedrine levels and require appropriate warnings on
product labels, regulate ephedrine-containing products as controlled
substances or prohibit the sales of products which contain Ma Huang other than
by licensed pharmacists. For instance, the legislature of Nassau County, New
York recently enacted a local law prohibiting the sale of all ephedrine-
containing products to persons under 18 years of age, and prohibiting the sale
or distribution of all ephedrine-containing products claiming to produce such
effects as euphoria, increased sexual sensations, heightened awareness,
increased energy, legal "highs" and other similar effects (although the law
allows the sale of ephedrine-containing products if intended and labeled for
use as weight loss aids or sports nutrition products, such as those marketed
by the Company, for sale to and use by those 18 years or older). There are
also federal, state and local proposals to broaden the regulation of, or
otherwise limit or prohibit, the sale of products containing ephedrine,
including a New York State bill which would regulate any ephedrine-containing
product, including Ma Huang, as a controlled substance to be dispensed only by
prescription, no matter what labeling claims are made, and a recently
introduced Congressional bill which would regulate as a drug any Ma Huang
dietary supplement claiming to produce euphoria, heightened awareness or
similar mental or psychological effects.     
   
  There is a risk that the Company's products containing Ma Huang may become
subject to further federal, state, local or foreign laws or regulations, which
could require the Company to: (i) reformulate its products with reduced
ephedrine levels or with a substitute for Ma Huang and/or (ii) relabel its
products with different warnings or revised directions for use. Even in the
absence of further laws or regulation, the Company may elect to reformulate
and/or relabel its products which contain Ma Huang. While the Company believes
that its Ma Huang     
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
products could be reformulated and relabeled, there can be no assurance in
that regard or that reformulation and/or relabeling would not have an adverse
effect on sales of such products.
   
  The Company and others are defendants in a wrongful death action originally
commenced in July 1995 with respect to one of the Company's products
containing Ma Huang and with respect to a product that does not contain Ma
Huang manufactured by another defendant. See "--Legal Matters." There can be
no assurance that the Company will not be subject to further private civil
actions with respect to its products which contain Ma Huang.     
 
EMPLOYEES
   
  At June 30, 1996, the Company employed 557 persons, of which 114 were
involved in executive, sales and administrative activities. The balance of the
Company's employees were engaged in production, packaging and shipping
activities. None of the Company's employees are covered by a collective
bargaining agreement, and management considers relations with its employees to
be good.     
 
PROPERTIES
   
  The Company owns a modern vitamin, mineral and nutritional supplement
manufacturing facility in Ronkonkoma, New York. This 80,000 square foot
facility also houses the Company's executive offices. The Company leases
26,300 square feet of warehouse space in Ronkonkoma, 50,000 square feet of
warehouse space in Hauppauge, New York, and 5,000 square feet of office space
in Ronkonkoma. In addition, the Company owns a modern FDA-registered 48,000
square foot manufacturing facility in American Fork, Utah. This facility,
which was constructed in 1993, houses office, manufacturing and warehousing
facilities for the operations of the Natur-Pharma (Nature's Herbs) Division of
the Company and office and warehousing facilities for the operations of the
Alvita Products Division of the Company.     
   
  The Company believes that its facilities and equipment generally are well
maintained and in good operating condition. In 1995, the Company acquired
additional property adjacent to its American Fork, Utah, facility to provide
additional plant capacity for the operations of the Natur-Pharma (Nature's
Herbs) and Alvita Products Divisions of the Company. The Company is
constructing an 8,500 square foot addition to its Utah facility at a cost of
approximately $700,000. Management believes that the Company's Utah facility
will be sufficient to enable the Company to meet sales demand for the
foreseeable future and that its New York facility will be sufficient to meet
sales demand for TWINLAB products for approximately three years. Management
believes that it will have the option to lease additional space or to
construct a new facility at such time.     
 
TRADEMARKS
 
  The Company owns trademarks registered with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office and/or similar regulatory authorities in many other countries
for its TWINLAB, Nature's Herbs, Alvita and Fuel family of trademarks, and has
rights to use other names material to its business. In addition, the Company
has obtained trademarks for various of its products and has approximately 250
trademark registrations with the United States Patent and Trademark Office for
TWINLAB, Nature's Herbs and Alvita brands. Federally registered trademarks
have perpetual life, provided they are renewed on a timely basis and used
properly as trademarks, subject to the rights of third parties to seek
cancellation of the marks. The Company regards its trademarks and other
proprietary rights as valuable assets and believes that they have significant
value in the marketing of its products. The Company vigorously protects its
trademarks against infringement.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
   
  Twin Laboratories Inc. and other encapsulators, and various distributors,
manufacturers, and retailers of added manufactured L-Tryptophan are defendants
in actions in federal and state courts seeking compensatory and, in some
cases, punitive damages for alleged personal injuries resulting from the
ingestion of products containing added manufactured L-Tryptophan. As of July
1, 1996, Twin Laboratories Inc. was a named defendant in three of these
actions. The Company believes that few new lawsuits are likely to be brought
in view of the statutes of limitations. Twin Laboratories Inc. has entered
into the Indemnification Agreement with SDA, a U.S. subsidiary of a Japanese
corporation, Showa Denko, K.K. ("SDK"). Under the Indemnification     
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
   
Agreement, SDA agrees to assume the defense of all claims arising out of the
ingestion of L-Tryptophan products and to pay all legal fees and indemnify
Twin Laboratories Inc. against liability in any action if it is determined
that a proximate cause of the injury sustained by the plaintiff in the action
was a constituent of the raw material sold by SDA to Twin Laboratories Inc. or
was a factor for which SDA or any of its affiliates was responsible, except to
the extent that action by Twin Laboratories Inc. proximately contributed to
the injury, and except for certain claims relating to punitive damages. SDA
appears to have been the supplier of all the allegedly contaminated L-
Tryptophan. SDA has posted a revolving irrevocable letter of credit for the
benefit of the Indemnified Group if SDA is unable or unwilling to satisfy any
claims or judgement. SDK has unconditionally guaranteed the payment
obligations of SDA under the Indemnification Agreement. As of July 1, 1996,
129 of a total of 132 suits in which the Company was a named defendant have
been dismissed or settled by SDA at no cost to the Company.     
   
  To date, the amount of damages sought in each of the remaining three L-
Tryptophan actions has not been specified. The Company's available product
liability insurance coverage of $3 million for L-Tryptophan matters in respect
of claims made prior to December 31, 1993 is only available with respect to
one of the three actions. There can be no assurance that when damages are
specified in these actions that the total amount thereof, if fully awarded
against the Company alone and ignoring the existence of the Indemnification
Agreement, would not exceed such insurance coverage and would not have a
material adverse impact upon the financial condition and results of operations
of the Company. However, the Indemnification Agreement, the defense and
resolution to date of numerous lawsuits by SDA without cost to the Company,
the multitude of defendants and the possibility that liability could be
assessed against or paid by other parties or by insurance carriers, have led
management of the Company, after consultation with outside legal counsel, to
believe that the prospect for a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations or financial condition is remote and no provision in the
Company's financial statements has been made for any loss that may result from
these actions. The Company no longer markets any products containing added
manufactured L-Tryptophan.     
       
  The Company, like other retailers, distributors and manufacturers of
products that are ingested, faces an inherent risk of exposure to product
liability claims in the event that, among other things, the use of its
products results in injury. With respect to product liability insurance
coverage, the Company currently has $75 million of product liability insurance
(which does not cover matters relating to L-Tryptophan) with a $25,000 self
insurance retention per occurrence and $100,000 self insurance retention in
the aggregate. There can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to
be available at a reasonable cost, or if available will be adequate to cover
liabilities.
          
  Twin Laboratories Inc. and others are named defendants in a wrongful death
action entitled Thomas Hendry v. Twin Laboratories, Inc., et al., originally
commenced in July 1995 in Fresno County (California) Superior Court (Action
No. 536670-3). The plaintiff in this action alleges that his wife, Victoria
Hendry, died as a result of the ingestion of the Company's "Ripped Fuel" (a
bodybuilding product which plaintiff alleges contained Ma Huang, kola extract
and chromium picolinate) and/or "Super Dieter's Teas", a product of Laci Le
Beau Tea Company, and seeks both compensatory and punitive damages from the
defendants. The Company has answered the complaint and intends to vigorously
contest the plaintiff's claims. Discovery is not yet complete and it is
premature to predict the likely outcome of the case. However, after
consultation with outside legal counsel to the Company in this matter and
after giving effect to the Company's available product liability insurance
coverage, the Company believes that the prospect for a material adverse effect
on the Company's results of operations or financial condition is remote and no
provision in the Company's financial statements has been made for any loss
that may result from this action. See "--Regulatory Matters."     
 
  The Company is presently engaged in various other legal actions, and
although ultimate liability cannot be determined at the present time, the
Company is currently of the opinion that the amount of any such liability from
these other actions and the lawsuit described in the preceding paragraph,
after taking into consideration the Company's insurance coverage, will not
have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and financial
condition.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  The following table sets forth certain information concerning each of the
Company's directors and executive officers:
 
<TABLE>      
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                 AGE                     POSITION
                   ----                 ---                     --------
     <S>                                <C> <C>
     Brian Blechman...................   45 Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Director
     Dean Blechman....................   39 Executive Vice President and Director
     Neil Blechman....................   45 Executive Vice President, Secretary and Director
     Ross Blechman....................   43 Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer,
                                             President and Director
     Steve Blechman...................   43 Executive Vice President and Director; Chairman
                                             of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
                                             President of ARP
     Stephen Welling..................   42 President of Natur-Pharma (Nature's Herbs)
                                            Division of Twin Laboratories Inc.
     John G. Danhakl..................   40 Director
     Jennifer Holden Dunbar...........   33 Director
     Jonathan D. Sokoloff.............   38 Director
</TABLE>    
   
  Brian Blechman became an Executive Vice President and Director of the
Company upon consummation of the Acquisition. Mr. Blechman joined Twin
Laboratories Inc. in 1972 and served as Vice President, Purchasing & Quality
Control of the Company prior to the Acquisition. He is responsible for the
purchasing of all raw materials and has final responsibility for all quality
control and management of the plant facilities. He is also responsible for
capital expenditures for plant and equipment and for product formulations.
       
  Dean Blechman became an Executive Vice President and Director of the Company
upon consummation of the Acquisition. Mr. Blechman joined Twin Laboratories
Inc. in 1979 and served as Vice President, Sales of the Company prior to the
Acquisition. He has responsibility for overseeing the national sales force and
distributor network. Mr. Blechman is on the board of directors of the National
Nutritional Foods Association, a leading trade organization that governs the
industry's retailers, distributors and manufacturers.     
   
  Neil Blechman became an Executive Vice President and Director of the Company
upon consummation of the Acquisition. Mr. Blechman joined Twin Laboratories
Inc. in 1972 and served as Vice President, Marketing & Advertising of the
Company prior to the Acquisition. He is primarily responsible for directing
marketing and advertising strategies, the design of product packaging and
point of sale materials, the production and creation of merchandising
displays, advertising, promotional activities and trade show activities.     
   
  Ross Blechman became Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer,
President and Director of the Company upon consummation of the Acquisition.
Mr. Blechman joined Twin Laboratories Inc. in 1974 and served as Vice
President, Production of the Company prior to the Acquisition. He is primarily
responsible for plant operations, shipping, warehouse management, and for
assuring that quality standards are maintained. He is also responsible for MIS
and human resource functions. Mr. Blechman also directs the operations of the
Alvita Products Division of the Company.     
   
  Steve Blechman became an Executive Vice President and Director of the
Company and Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of
ARP upon consummation of the Acquisition. Mr. Blechman joined Twin
Laboratories Inc. in 1974 and served as Vice President, Product Development &
Marketing of the Company prior to the Acquisition. He is involved in product
development and marketing, and is primarily responsible for developing new
products for the TWINLAB, Nature's Herbs and Alvita brands. Mr. Blechman also
directs the operations of ARP and the customer service department of Twin
Laboratories Inc.     
   
  Stephen Welling became the President of the Natur-Pharma (Nature's Herbs)
Division of Twin Laboratories Inc. upon consummation of the Acquisition. Mr.
Welling joined Natur-Pharma Inc. in 1977 as the controller and     
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
   
served as President of Natur-Pharma Inc. prior to the Acquisition. Prior to
his promotion to President, Mr. Welling served as Vice President of Operations
of Natur-Pharma Inc. with responsibility for manufacturing, personnel, quality
management, legal affairs and finance.     
 
  John G. Danhakl became a director of the Company upon consummation of the
Acquisition. He has been an executive officer and an equity owner of Leonard
Green & Partners, L.P. ("LGP"), a merchant banking firm which manages GEI,
since 1995. Mr. Danhakl had previously been a Managing Director at Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ") and had been with DLJ since
1990. Prior to joining DLJ, Mr. Danhakl was a Vice President at Drexel Burnham
Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Danhakl is also a director of The Arden Group, Inc.
and Kash n' Karry Food Stores, Inc.
 
  Jennifer Holden Dunbar has been a director of the Company since its
formation in February 1996. She joined Leonard Green & Associates, L.P.
("LGA"), a merchant banking firm, as an associate in 1989, became a principal
in 1993, and through a corporation became a partner in 1994. Since 1994, Ms.
Holden Dunbar has also been an executive officer and equity owner of LGP. Ms.
Holden Dunbar previously was an associate with the merchant banking firm of
Gibbons, Green, van Amerongen and a financial analyst in mergers and
acquisitions with Morgan Stanley & Co. Ms. Holden Dunbar is also a director of
Thrifty PayLess Holdings, Inc., Thrifty PayLess, Inc., Kash n' Karry Food
Stores, Inc. and several private companies.
 
  Jonathan D. Sokoloff became a director of the Company upon consummation of
the Acquisition. He joined LGA as a partner in 1990. Mr. Sokoloff has also
been an executive officer and equity owner of LGP since its formation in 1994.
Mr. Sokoloff was previously a Managing Director at Drexel Burnham Lambert
Incorporated. Mr. Sokoloff is also a director of Thrifty PayLess Holdings,
Inc., Thrifty PayLess, Inc., Carr-Gottstein Foods Co. and several private
companies.
   
  The Company's By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation will provide for the
Company's Board of Directors to be comprised of such number of directors as
determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, but in no event less
than eight members. The Board is currently comprised of eight members. Each
Director holds office until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or
until his earlier death, resignation or removal.     
 
  All of the Company's current Directors were nominated and elected to the
Company's Board of Directors in accordance with the Stockholder Agreement (as
hereinafter defined) as designees of GEI and the Continuing Stockholders,
respectively. See "Principal Stockholders--Terms of the Stockholders
Agreement." Upon the closing of the Offerings, this provision of the
Stockholders Agreement will terminate and there will be no voting agreements
in effect regarding the election of Directors. Executive officers of the
Company are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board of
Directors. Except for the Blechman Brothers' familial relationships, there are
no family relationships among the executive officers or Directors of the
Company.
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
   
  The Board of Directors intends to establish an audit committee and a
compensation committee at or prior to the consummation of the Offerings. The
audit committee, the members of which will be independent directors, will
oversee actions taken by the Company's independent auditors, recommend the
engagement of auditors and review the scope and results of the Company's
accounting and control procedures and the accuracy of its system of internal
accounting and control procedures. The compensation committee will review and
approve the compensation of executives of the Company and make recommendations
to the Board of Directors with respect to standards for setting compensation
levels.     
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
  The Company does not currently have a compensation committee, however as
stated above, the Company intends to establish a compensation committee at or
prior to the consummation of the Offerings.
 
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
  Summary Compensation Table. The following table shows the compensation paid
by the Company during the year ended December 31, 1995 ("Fiscal Year 1995"),
to the five most highly compensated executive officers of the Company, who
collectively acted in a similar capacity to a chief executive officer, serving
as such at the end of Fiscal Year 1995 (the "Named Executive Officers").
 
                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                ---------------------
   NAME AND PRINCIPAL    FISCAL                           ALL OTHER
        POSITION          YEAR  SALARY($) BONUS($)(A) COMPENSATION($)(B)
   ------------------    ------ --------- ----------- ------------------
<S>                      <C>    <C>       <C>         <C>                <C>
Ross Blechman ..........  1995   402,461    368,145         9,527
 Vice President
Brian Blechman .........  1995   401,523    368,145         9,822
 Vice President
Dean Blechman .......... 1995    402,545    368,145         9,235
 Vice President
Neil Blechman ..........  1995   402,545    368,145         9,822
 Vice President
Steve Blechman .........  1995   402,548    368,145         9,527
 Vice President
</TABLE>
- --------------------
(a) Bonuses are reported in the fiscal year earned and paid.
(b) (i) payment of premiums for term life insurance policies of $1,365 for
    Ross Blechman; $1,660 for Brian Blechman; $1,073 for Dean Blechman; $1,660
    for Neil Blechman; and $1,365 for Steve Blechman, for 1995; (ii) payment
    of premiums for executive medical insurance policies for each of Ross
    Blechman, Brian Blechman, Dean Blechman, Neil Blechman and Steve Blechman,
    of $1,250 for 1995; and (iii) payments under Twin Laboratories Inc.'s
    Profit Sharing Plan of $6,912 for each of Ross Blechman, Brian Blechman,
    Dean Blechman, Neil Blechman and Steve Blechman, for 1995. The amount set
    forth in this column does not include "S" corporation dividend
    distributions sufficient to pay income taxes on the earnings of the
    Company that were treated as having been earned by the individual as a
    shareholder of the Company.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
   
  Upon consummation of the Acquisition, the Company entered into employment
agreements with each of the Blechman Brothers (each an "Employment
Agreement"). The Employment Agreement provides that, unless a Public Offering
Event (as defined below, see "Principal Stockholders--Terms of the
Stockholders Agreement") has occurred, the relevant individual will be
employed as an executive of the Company for a term of five years, renewable
for terms of one year thereafter. From and after the occurrence of a Public
Offering Event, the employment term is deemed to end on the third anniversary
of such event; provided that, the employment term will be automatically
extended so as to establish a three year remaining term of employment upon a
termination of employment for the purposes of the noncompetition and severance
provisions of the Employment Agreement. The Employment Agreement provides for
a base salary of $400,000 (as adjusted for inflation), in addition to other
customary perquisites and benefits. In addition to receiving a base salary,
the executive is also eligible to participate in TLC's Bonus Plan which
entitles such individual to a bonus payment of up to 128% of his base salary
for the relevant calendar year based on annual increases in EBITDA (as defined
therein) realized by the Company for each year of the employment term. The
Employment Agreement also provides, subject to certain exceptions, that upon a
termination of the individual's employment during the term thereof (other than
for "cause" as defined therein), the Company is generally obligated to pay the
individual an amount equal to his base salary for the remaining term under the
Employment Agreement. The consummation of the Offerings will constitute a
Public Offering Event.     
   
  Upon consummation of the Acquisition, the Company entered into an employment
agreement with Stephen Welling to serve as President of the Natur-Pharma
(Nature's Herbs) Division of the Company (the "Division") (the "Welling
Employment Agreement"). The Welling Employment Agreement provides that Mr.
Welling will     
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
be employed as an executive of the Company for a term of three years,
renewable for terms of one year thereafter. The Welling Employment Agreement
provides for a base salary of $135,000 (as adjusted for inflation), in
addition to other customary perquisites and benefits. In addition to receiving
a base salary, Mr. Welling is also eligible to participate in the Division
Bonus Plan which entitles him to a bonus payment up to 202.5% of his base
salary for the relevant calendar year based on annual increases in EBITDA (as
defined therein) realized by the Division for each year of the employment
term. The Welling Employment Agreement also provides, subject to certain
exceptions, that upon a termination of Mr. Welling's employment during the
term thereof (other than for "cause" as defined therein), the Company is
generally obligated to pay Mr. Welling an amount equal to his base salary for
the remaining term under the Welling Employment Agreement.
 
  Upon consummation of the Acquisition, the Company entered into consulting
agreements with each of David and Jean Blechman (each a "Consulting
Agreement"). The Consulting Agreement provides that the relevant individual be
engaged as an independent consultant to the Company for a term of five years.
As consideration for such consulting services, the Company is obligated to pay
the individual an annual consulting fee of $100,000, in addition to certain
limited perquisites and benefits.
 
  Upon consummation of the Acquisition, the Company also entered into non-
competition agreements with each of the Stockholders (each a "Non-Competition
Agreement"). The term of the Non-Competition Agreement is equal to the initial
term of the relevant individual's employment or consulting agreement, as the
case may be. The Non-Competition Agreement generally prevents the individual
from participating in any manner in the management, operation and/or ownership
of any entity, anywhere in the world, which is engaged in similar lines of
business to those of the Company.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
  Directors who are employees of the Company receive no compensation for
serving on the Board of Directors. Non-employee directors are reimbursed for
their out-of-pocket expenses in attending Board meetings. Messrs. Danhakl and
Sokoloff and Ms. Holden Dunbar receive no fees in their capacities as
directors, but see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--
Transactions with LGP" for a description of certain other arrangements
pursuant to which LGP, of which they (or corporations owned by them) are
partners, receives compensation from the Company.
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
                CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
THE ACQUISITION
 
  The Acquisition Agreement contains provisions customary for transactions of
similar size and type, including representations and warranties, which
generally will expire at the end of the fourteenth month following the month
in which the Acquisition Agreement was consummated. However, those
representations and warranties that are related to tax and environmental
matters will expire, respectively, at the date on which the applicable statute
of limitations has expired and the third anniversary of the consummation of
the Acquisition Agreement. Subject to the limitations set forth in the
Acquisition Agreement (which include, subject to certain exceptions, a
$2,000,000 deductible on liability and a maximum liability of $25,000,000),
the Stockholders have agreed to indemnify GEI, its permitted assigns and the
Company against any liabilities arising out of the breach of such
representations and warranties while such representations and warranties are
still in effect. Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, the Stockholders
received, in addition to certain payments described elsewhere in this
Prospectus, a payment in respect of their estimated liability for taxes on the
Company's income prior to the consummation of the Transactions, when the
Company had "S" corporation status for federal income tax purposes. This
payment is subject to adjustment based on the actual tax liability as
calculated for the relevant period. In addition, certain fees, taxes and
expenses of parties to the Acquisition Agreement were or will be paid by the
Company in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition. See
"Prospectus Summary--The Acquisition."
 
EMPLOYMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENTS
 
  Upon consummation of the Acquisition, the Company entered into employment
agreements with each of the Continuing Stockholders and consulting agreements
with each of David and Jean Blechman. See "Management--Employment Agreements."
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH DAVID BLECHMAN AND JEAN BLECHMAN
   
  During the period from 1989 to 1992, Twin Laboratories Inc. assigned to
David and Jean Blechman certain promissory notes of Natur-Pharma Inc.,
representing inter-company payables, in the aggregate principal amount of
$1,500,000. These promissory notes bore interest at a rate of 10% per annum,
and $1,000,000 of the principal was repaid in 1994 and the remainder was
repaid on May 2, 1996. In June and July of 1991, Alvita Products, Inc. issued
four promissory notes payable to David Blechman and Jean Blechman in the
aggregate principal amount of $250,000. Such promissory notes bore interest at
a rate of 9% per annum and were repaid in April 1994. In 1988 and 1989, ARP
borrowed funds from David Blechman and Jean Blechman in the aggregate
principal amount of $545,500. These loans were non-interest bearing, and
$200,000 of the principal was repaid in 1994 and the remainder was repaid on
May 3, 1996.     
 
  The Company believes that the transactions described above were on terms at
least as favorable to the Company as could be obtained in transactions with
independent third parties.
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH LGP
   
  LGP is the investment advisor to and an affiliate of the general partner of
GEI, which after consummation of the Acquisition owns 48% of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock of TLC. Following consummation of the Acquisition,
Messrs. Danhakl and Sokoloff and Ms. Holden Dunbar, stockholders and directors
of the general partner of LGP, became directors of the Company. See
"Management--Directors and Executive Officers."     
 
  Upon the consummation of the Acquisition, LGP received a fee of $1 million
for its services in arranging and structuring the Acquisition, including,
among other things, structuring and negotiating the Acquisition Agreement and
the Stockholders Agreement, arranging and negotiating the terms of the New
Credit Facility and related documents, assistance with the Note Offering,
financial and market analyses, and other similar consulting and investment
banking services. The majority of such services were performed on behalf of
LGP by Messrs. Danhakl and Sokoloff and Ms. Holden Dunbar.
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
   
  In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a Management
Services Agreement with LGP pursuant to which LGP will receive an annual
retainer fee of up to $400,000 plus reasonable expenses for providing certain
management, consulting and financial planning services (the "LGP Management
Fee"). The Company believes that the contacts and expertise provided by LGP in
these areas enhance the Company's opportunities and management's expertise in
these matters and that the fees to be paid to LGP fairly reflect the value of
the services to be provided by LGP. The specialized consulting services
provided by LGP overlap to some extent with the role of Messrs. Danhakl and
Sokoloff and Ms. Holden Dunbar as directors of the Company, for which they do
not receive any additional compensation. See "Management--Director
Compensation." In addition to the LGP Management Fee, the Management Services
Agreement provides that LGP may receive reasonable and customary fees and
reasonable expenses from time to time for providing financial advisory and
investment banking services in connection with major financial transactions
that may be undertaken in the future; provided, however, that if the
Continuing Stockholders maintain ownership of more than 30% of the shares of
Common Stock of TLC, then the retention of LGP in connection with such major
financial transactions is subject to the approval of a majority of the
Blechman Brothers then serving as directors of the Company. The Management
Services Agreement will terminate on the earlier of its seventh anniversary or
such time as GEI no longer owns two-thirds of the shares of Common Stock of
TLC issued to GEI pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.     
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
   
  The information in the following table sets forth certain information with
respect to the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock of TLC as of June 30,
1996 by (i) each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding
shares of TLC's Common Stock, (ii) each executive officer of the Company,
(iii) each director of the Company, and (iv) all directors and executive
officers of the Company as a group. Except as noted below, each person or
entity has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown.
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NUMBER OF PERCENT OF
                                                            SHARES   OWNERSHIP
                                                           --------- ----------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>
Green Equity Investors II, L.P. ..........................  480,000      48%
 c/o Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.
 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 5400
 Los Angeles, CA 90071
John G. Danhakl (a).......................................  480,000      48%
 c/o Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.
 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 5400
 Los Angeles, CA 90071
Jennifer Holden Dunbar (a)................................  480,000      48%
 c/o Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.
 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 5400
 Los Angeles, CA 90071
Jonathan D. Sokoloff (a)..................................  480,000      48%
 c/o Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.
 333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 5400
 Los Angeles, CA 90071
Brian Blechman............................................   89,689       9%
 c/o Twin Laboratories Inc.
 2120 Smithtown Avenue
 Ronkonkoma, NY 11779
Dean Blechman.............................................   89,689       9%
 c/o Twin Laboratories Inc.
 2120 Smithtown Avenue
 Ronkonkoma, NY 11779
Neil Blechman.............................................   89,689       9%
 c/o Twin Laboratories Inc.
 2120 Smithtown Avenue
 Ronkonkoma, NY 11779
Ross Blechman.............................................   89,689       9%
 c/o Twin Laboratories Inc.
 2120 Smithtown Avenue
 Ronkonkoma, NY 11779
Steve Blechman............................................   89,689       9%
 c/o Twin Laboratories Inc.
 2120 Smithtown Avenue
 Ronkonkoma, NY 11779
Stephen Welling...........................................    1,555       *
 c/o Twin Laboratories Inc.
 2120 Smithtown Avenue
 Ronkonkoma, NY 11779
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 per-
 sons) (b)................................................  930,000      93%
</TABLE>
 
                                                  (footnotes on following page)
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
- --------
   
(a) The shares shown as beneficially owned by Messrs. Danhakl and Sokoloff and
  Ms. Holden Dunbar represent 480,000 shares owned of record by GEI. GEI is a
  Delaware limited partnership managed by LGP, which is an affiliate of the
  general partner of GEI. Each of Leonard I. Green, Jonathan D. Sokoloff, John
  G. Danhakl, Gregory J. Annick and Jennifer Holden Dunbar, either directly
  (whether through ownership interest or position) or through one or more
  intermediaries, may be deemed to control LGP and such general partner. LGP
  and such general partner may be deemed to control the voting and disposition
  of the shares of Common Stock of TLC owned by GEI. As such, Messrs. Sokoloff
  and Danhakl and Ms. Holden Dunbar may be deemed to have shared voting and
  investment power with respect to all shares held by GEI. However, such
  individuals disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities held by GEI
  except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein.     
(b) Includes the shares referred to in Note a above.
*Less than 1%.
 
TERMS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
   
  Upon consummation of the Acquisition, GEI, the Continuing Stockholders and
TLC entered into a Stockholders Agreement (the "Stockholders Agreement") in
respect of their holdings of shares of Common Stock of TLC. The Stockholders
Agreement contains certain transfer restrictions, pre-emptive rights and
voting provisions which will terminate upon the closing of the Offerings.
Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, each of GEI and the Continuing
Stockholders is granted certain demand registration rights which commence nine
months after the Offerings. The Stockholders Agreement also contains certain
"piggyback" registration rights arising in the event that TLC registers its
securities under the Securities Act. Subject to the early termination of
certain provisions of the Stockholders Agreement upon the occurrence of the
Offerings, the Stockholders Agreement terminates on the tenth anniversary of
the date thereof.     
   
  Shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of TLC were issued to various
institutional investors (the "Senior Preferred Holders") pursuant to a Stock
Subscription Agreement among each such investor and TLC. Upon consummation of
the Acquisition, GEI, the Continuing Stockholders, the Senior Preferred
Holders and TLC entered into a secondary stockholders agreement (the
"Secondary Stockholders Agreement") in respect of their holdings of shares of
stock of TLC. Pursuant to such Secondary Stockholders Agreement, the Senior
Preferred Holders were granted certain rights of transfer of their shares and
certain rights of first refusal, which will terminate upon the closing of the
Offerings. In addition, commencing on the fifth anniversary of the Secondary
Stockholders Agreement, the Senior Preferred Holders will be entitled to
exercise one demand registration right with respect to their shares of Common
Stock of TLC. Finally, the Senior Preferred Holders will have certain
"piggyback" registration rights on other registrations of equity securities of
the Company. Subject to the early termination of certain provisions of the
Secondary Stockholders Agreement upon the occurrence of the Offerings, the
Secondary Stockholders Agreement terminates on the tenth anniversary of the
date thereof.     
 
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
 
THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY
   
  The New Credit Facility, agented by Chemical Bank ("Chemical") and The Bank
of New York, provides for (i) a six-year term loan facility, in the amount of
$53.0 million maturing on May 7, 2002 (the "Term Loan"), and (ii) a six-year
revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility") of $15.0 million
expiring on May 7, 2002. The Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan bear
interest at an annual rate, at the Company's option, equal to the "ABR plus
the Applicable Margin" ("ABR Loans") or the "Eurodollar Rate plus Applicable
Margin" ("Eurodollar Loans"). As used herein "ABR" means the highest of (i)
the rate of interest publicly announced by Chemical as its prime rate in
effect at its principal office in New York City, (ii) the secondary market
rate for certificates of deposit (grossed up for maximum statutory reserve
requirements) plus 1% and (iii) the federal funds effective rate from time to
time plus 0.5%. "Eurodollar Rate" means the rate (grossed up for maximum
statutory reserve requirements for eurocurrency liabilities) at which
eurodollar deposits for one, two, three or six months (as selected by the
Company) are offered to Chemical in the interbank eurodollar market in the
approximate amount of Chemical's share of the applicable loan. "Applicable
Margin" means (a) 1.25%, in the case of ABR Loans and (b) 2.50%, in the case
of Eurodollar Loans. Interest rates on the credit facilities are subject to
reduction in the event the Company meets certain financial tests.     
   
  The proceeds of the Term Loan were used, together with proceeds of the Note
Offering and the issuance of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of TLC
and available cash of the Company, to finance the Acquisition, to refinance
certain debt of the Company and to pay related fees and expenses. The proceeds
of the Revolving Credit Facility can be used to provide for the working
capital requirements of the Company and for general corporate purposes,
including, without limitation, the payment of transaction fees and tax
adjustments.     
   
  The New Credit Facility is secured by first priority security interests in
all of the tangible and intangible assets of Twin Laboratories Inc. and its
direct and indirect subsidiaries. In addition, the loans under the New Credit
Facility are guaranteed by TLC, ARP and certain of Twin Laboratories Inc.'s
future subsidiaries. Additionally, the Company will be required to apply 75%
(subject to reduction to 50% if certain financial tests are met) of excess
cash flow (as defined in the New Credit Facility), 100% of the net proceeds of
certain dispositions of material assets (other than inventory in the ordinary
course of business), 50% of the net proceeds of the issuance or sale of the
first $60 million of equity by TLC and 100% of the net proceeds of the
incurrence of certain indebtedness, to the repayment of the New Credit
Facility.     
 
  The New Credit Facility contains certain financial and operating covenants
including a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum EBITDA and a minimum fixed
charge coverage ratio. In addition, the Company is limited in the amount of
annual capital expenditures and capital lease obligations it may incur.
 
  The operating covenants of the New Credit Facility include limitations on
the ability of the Company to (i) incur additional indebtedness, other than
certain permitted indebtedness, (ii) permit additional liens or encumbrances,
other than certain permitted liens, (iii) make any investments in other
persons, other than certain permitted investments, (iv) become obligated with
respect to contingent obligations, other than certain permitted contingent
obligations, and (v) make restricted junior payments (including dividends on
its common stock). The operating covenants also include restrictions on
certain specified fundamental changes, such as mergers and asset sales,
transactions with shareholders and affiliates, and business outside the
ordinary course as currently conducted and certain extensions thereof,
amendments or waivers of certain specified agreements, and the issuance of
guarantees or other credit enhancements.
 
  If for any reason the Company is unable to comply with the terms of the New
Credit Facility, including the covenants included therein, such noncompliance
would result in an event of default under the New Credit Facility and could
result in acceleration of the payment of the indebtedness outstanding under
the New Credit Facility.
   
  The Company intends to repay in full the $50.0 million of outstanding
indebtedness under the Term Loan, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon,
with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offerings. Subsequent to the
Transactions, the Company repaid approximately $3.0 million of outstanding
indebtedness under the Term Loan.     
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
   
  The 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Notes") were issued in
a transaction (the "Notes Offering") pursuant to which Twin Laboratories Inc.
issued an aggregate of $100,000,000 principal amount of the Notes to
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ") and Chase
Securities Inc. (together with DLJ, the "Initial Notes Purchasers") on May 7,
1996 (the "Note Offering Closing Date"). The Initial Notes Purchasers
subsequently resold the Notes in reliance on Rule 144A and certain other
exemptions under the Securities Act. The Company and the Initial Notes
Purchasers also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to
which the Company granted certain registration rights for the benefit of the
holders of the Notes. The Company intends to consummate a registered exchange
offer under the Securities Act for the Notes (the "Exchange Offer") to satisfy
certain of the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement
with respect to the Notes. If the Exchange Offer is not filed or consummated
within certain time periods specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (a
"Registration Default"), the Company is obligated to pay liquidated damages to
each holder of the Notes, in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000
principal amount of Notes with respect to the first 90-day period following
such default. This amount will increase by an additional $.05 per week per
$1,000 principal amount of Notes per Registration Default up to a maximum of
$.30 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Notes.     
   
  The Notes were issued under an indenture, dated as of the Note Offering
Closing Date (the "Indenture"), among TLC, Twin Laboratories Inc., ARP and
Fleet National Bank as trustee. The Notes are not redeemable, in whole or in
part, prior to May 15, 2001. Thereafter, the Notes are redeemable at the
redemption prices set forth in the Indenture, plus interest accrued thereon to
the redemption date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time on or before
May 15, 1999, Twin Laboratories Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the original
aggregate principal amount of the Notes, in whole or in part, with the net
proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined therein) at a redemption
price equal to 109 1/2% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. Upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control (as defined therein), Twin Laboratories Inc. will be
required to make an offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes at 101% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to the date of repurchase.     
   
  The Notes are general unsecured obligations of Twin Laboratories Inc.
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt (as
defined therein) of Twin Laboratories Inc., including borrowings under the New
Credit Facility. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes are guaranteed (the "Guarantees") by TLC and ARP (the
"Guarantors"). The Guarantees are subordinated in right of payment to all
existing and future Senior Debt of the Guarantors. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
Liquidity and Capital Resources." The Indenture permits the Company to incur
additional indebtedness, including additional Senior Debt. The Indenture
contains certain covenants with respect to Twin Laboratories Inc. and the
Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) that limit the ability of Twin
Laboratories Inc. and the Subsidiary Guarantors to, among other things, (i)
incur additional Indebtedness (as defined therein) and issue certain preferred
stock, (ii) pay dividends or make other distributions, (iii) layer
Indebtedness, (iv) create certain liens, (v) sell certain assets, (vi) enter
into certain transactions with affiliates, or (vii) enter into certain mergers
or consolidations involving Twin Laboratories Inc.     
   
  The form and terms of the notes to be issued under the Exchange Offer will
be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the Notes.     
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
          
  Prior to the consummation of the Offerings, TLC will amend its Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the "Certificate of
Incorporation") to change its authorized capital stock to      shares of
Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share, of which      shares will be
outstanding upon completion of the Offerings, and      shares of preferred
stock, $.01 par value per share, of which      shares will be outstanding upon
completion of the Offerings.     
   
  The following summary description of the capital stock of TLC is qualified
in its entirety by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation and TLC's
Amended and Restated Bylaws (the "Bylaws"), copies of which are filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
       
COMMON STOCK     
   
  Holders of shares of Common Stock vote as a single class on all matters
submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors,
with each share of Common Stock entitled to one vote. There is no cumulative
voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that holders
of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect
all of the directors. Immediately following the Offerings, GEI will own  % and
the Continuing Stockholders will own  % of the Common Stock of TLC. As a
result, GEI and the Continuing Stockholders, should they choose to act
together, will retain the voting power required to elect all directors and
approve most other matters required to be voted upon by the stockholders of
the Company. See "Risk Factors--Control by Principal Stockholders."     
   
  Holders of Common Stock on the applicable record date are entitled to share
ratably in such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the
Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to the
rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock. See "Dividend Policy."
Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, each holder of
Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in any distribution of the
Company's assets after the payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject
to any superior rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred
stock.     
   
  Holders of the shares of Common Stock have no preemptive or other
subscription rights and there are no conversion rights or redemption or
sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares. All of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will
be when issued, fully paid and non-assessable.     
   
  Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Company's Board of
Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the
holders of twenty-five (25%) of the then outstanding Common Stock.     
   
  Stockholders of the Company are required to provide advance notice of
nominations of directors to be made at, and of business proposed to be brought
before, a meeting of stockholders. The failure to deliver proper notice within
the period specified in the Company's Bylaws will result in the denial to the
stockholder of the right to make such nominations or propose such action at
the meeting.     
   
PREFERRED STOCK     
   
  The Company's Board of Directors has authority (without action by the
stockholders) to issue the     authorized and unissued shares of preferred
stock in one or more series, to designate the number of shares constituting
any series, and to fix, by resolution, the voting powers, designations,
preferences and relative, optional or other special rights thereof, including
liquidation preferences and the dividend, conversion and redemption rights of
each such series. Under certain circumstances, the Company could issue the
preferred stock as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change
of control of the Company.     
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
   
  In connection with the consummation of the Acquisition and the Note
Offering, TLC issued the Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock,
the terms of which are described below. All outstanding shares of Senior
Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock will be redeemed in connection with
the Offerings.     
 
SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK
   
  The Certificate of Incorporation limits the number of shares of Senior
Preferred Stock which can be issued to 30,000 plus additional shares of Senior
Preferred Stock which may be issued in payment of dividends on the Senior
Preferred Stock if TLC elects to pay dividends in additional shares of Senior
Preferred Stock. The aggregate liquidation preference of the Senior Preferred
Stock issued upon the consummation of the Acquisition was $30.0 million.
Dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock accrue at the rate of 14% per annum
and will be payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of
Directors. Dividends shall be paid in additional fully paid and non-assessable
shares of Senior Preferred Stock having an aggregate liquidation preference
equal to the amount of such dividends; provided, however, that TLC may, at its
option and upon a majority vote of directors not affiliated with LGP
("Unaffiliated Directors"), pay dividends in cash.     
   
  The Senior Preferred Stock is redeemable at any time, in whole or in part,
at the option of TLC and upon a majority vote of Unaffiliated Directors, at
the amount of the liquidation preference including accrued and unpaid
dividends, except that (i) no partial redemption is allowed unless full
cumulative dividends have been paid on all shares and (ii) no optional
redemption is allowed at any time when TLC is making or required to make an
offer to purchase Preferred Stock upon a change of control. The Senior
Preferred Stock will be subject to mandatory redemption at the amount of the
liquidation preference including accrued and unpaid dividends on May 1, 2007.
       
  In the event of a Change of Control (as defined), TLC will be required to
make an offer to repurchase the outstanding Senior Preferred Stock at a price
equal to 101% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
dividends.     
   
  The Senior Preferred Stock ranks junior in right of payment to all
liabilities of TLC and to any preferred stock senior in right of payment to
the Senior Preferred Stock (if consented to by holders of a majority of the
shares of Senior Preferred Stock) and ranks senior in right of payment to the
Junior Preferred Stock and Common Stock.     
   
  Holders of the Senior Preferred Stock have no voting rights with respect to
general corporate matters except as provided by law or as set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that
the Senior Preferred Stock will have class voting rights with regard to, among
other things, (i) authorization or issuance of stock which is senior to or on
a parity with the Senior Preferred Stock as to dividends and distributions
upon liquidation; (ii) issuance of additional shares of Senior Preferred Stock
other than in payment of dividends on Senior Preferred Stock; (iii) changes to
the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of TLC so as to affect adversely
any of the preferences, rights, powers or privileges of the Senior Preferred
Stock or of the holders thereof as such; (iv) mergers, consolidations or sales
of all or substantially all of the assets of TLC (or of TLC and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole) unless (a) the shares of Senior Preferred
Stock will be redeemed upon consummation of such transaction or (b) certain
other conditions are met; (v) certain transactions with affiliates; and (vi)
subject to certain exceptions (including exceptions relating to the Junior
Preferred Stock), payment of dividends on, or redemption or repurchase of,
junior securities.     
 
JUNIOR PREFERRED STOCK
   
  The Certificate of Incorporation limits the number of shares of Junior
Preferred Stock which can be issued to 37,000, plus additional shares of
Junior Preferred Stock which may be issued in payment of dividends on the
Junior Preferred Stock if TLC elects to pay dividends in additional shares of
Junior Preferred Stock. The aggregate liquidation preference of the Junior
Preferred Stock issued upon the consummation of the Acquisition was $37.0
million. Dividends on the Junior Preferred Stock accrue at the rate of 11.25%
per annum and will be payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board
of Directors. Dividends shall be paid in additional fully     
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
   
paid and non-assessable shares of Junior Preferred Stock having an aggregate
liquidation preference equal to the amount of such dividends; provided,
however, that if dividends are then being paid in cash on the Senior Preferred
Stock, TLC may, at its option and upon a majority vote of Unaffiliated
Directors, pay dividends on the Junior Preferred Stock in cash.     
   
  The Junior Preferred Stock ranks junior in right of payment to all
liabilities of TLC and to the Senior Preferred Stock and any other preferred
stock senior in right of payment to the Junior Preferred Stock (if consented
to by holders of a majority of the shares of Junior Preferred Stock) and ranks
senior in right of payment to any additional preferred stock which does not
expressly provide that it ranks senior to or on a parity with the Junior
Preferred Stock and the Common Stock.     
   
  Other than as set forth above with respect to ranking, the powers, rights,
designations and preferences, and qualifications, restrictions and limitations
thereof, of the Junior Preferred Stock are substantially similar to those of
the Senior Preferred Stock.     
   
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW ("DGCL")     
   
  Section 228 of the DGCL allows any action which is required to be or may be
taken at a special or annual meeting of the stockholders of a corporation to
be taken without a meeting with the written consent of holders of outstanding
stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary
to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to
vote thereon were present and voted, provided that the certificate of
incorporation of such corporation does not contain a provision to the
contrary. The Certificate of Incorporation contains no such provision, and
therefore, pursuant to Section 228 and the By-laws, stockholders holding a
majority of the voting power of the Common Stock will be able to effect most
corporate matters requiring stockholder approval by written consent, without
the need for a duly-noticed and duly-held meeting of stockholders. See "Risk
Factors--Control by Principal Stockholders."     
       
          
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR     
   
  The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is American Securities
Transfer, Incorporated. American Securities Transfer, Incorporated is located
at 1825 Lawrence Street, Suite 444, Denver, Colorado 80202-1817, and its
telephone number is (303) 298-5370.     
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
   
  Upon completion of the Offerings, TLC will have      shares of Common Stock
outstanding. Of these shares, the      shares sold in the Offerings will be
freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the
Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by "affiliates" of the
Company, as that term is defined under the Securities Act ("Affiliates"), may
generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144
described below.     
   
  The remaining      shares of Common Stock (the "Restricted Shares")
constitute restricted securities under Rule 144 and were issued by the Company
in private transactions in reliance upon one or more exemptions under the
Securities Act. Such restricted securities may be resold in a public
distribution only if registered under the Securities Act (which registration
is contemplated with respect to all of such restricted securities as described
below) or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, including Rule 144. The Company,
its officers, directors and certain other stockholders who collectively are
the beneficial owners of an aggregate of    shares of Common Stock, have
agreed with the Underwriters not to directly or indirectly without the prior
written consent of DLJ offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to
purchase or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or any securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or warrants, options or
rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock or in any other manner transfer all
or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any
Common Stock, or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing, for a
period of     
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
180 days after the date of this Prospectus (the "Lock-Up Period"). Upon the
expiration of such 180 day period, such holders will in general be entitled to
dispose of their shares, although the shares of Common Stock held by
affiliates of the Company will continue to be subject to the restrictions of
Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
  In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act as currently in effect,
beginning 90 days after the Offerings, a person (or persons whose shares are
aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least two
years, including a person who may be deemed an Affiliate of the Company, is
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of Common
Stock that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of
Common Stock (approximately      shares after giving effect to the Offerings)
or the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock as reported through
the        during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under
Rule 144 are subject to certain restrictions relating to manner of sale,
notice and the availability of current public information about the Company.
In addition, under Rule 144(k), a person who is not an Affiliate of the
Company at any time 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned
shares for at least three years, would be entitled to sell such shares
immediately following the Offerings without regard to the volume limitations,
manner of sale provisions or notice or other requirements of Rule 144.
   
  The Company has granted certain institutional investors and their
transferees certain demand and piggyback registration rights covering an
aggregate of      shares. These registration rights will become exercisable on
May 7, 2001. The Company has also granted GEI and the Continuing Stockholders
certain demand and piggyback registration rights covering an aggregate of
shares. The demand registration rights for GEI and the Continuing Stockholders
are not exercisable until nine months from the date on which the Offerings are
consummated. When and as these rights are exercised, additional shares will
become available for sale upon the effectiveness of a registration statement
filed pursuant to exercise of such rights. See "Principal Stockholders--Terms
of the Stockholders Agreement."     
 
  Prior to the Offerings there has been no public market for the Common Stock
and any sale of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the open market may
adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock offered hereby.
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
                    CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
                         TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
   
  The following is a general discussion of certain United States federal
income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the
Common Stock by a "Non-United States Holder." For the purpose of this summary,
a "Non-United States Holder" is any person or entity that is not (a) a citizen
or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation, partnership or other
entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of
any political subdivision thereof or (c) an estate or trust that is subject to
United States federal taxation on its income regardless of its source. An
individual may be deemed to be a resident of the United States for federal
income tax purposes in several circumstances, including being present in the
United States on at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of
183 days during the three-year period ending with the current calendar year.
For purposes of this determination, all of the days present in the United
States during the current year, one-third of the days present during the
immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present during the second
preceding year are taken into account. Resident aliens are subject to U.S.
federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens and residents.     
   
  This summary does not deal with all aspects of United States federal income
and estate taxation that may be relevant to Non-United States Holders in light
of their personal circumstances and does not address tax consequences under
the laws of any U.S. state, municipality, or other taxing jurisdiction or
under the laws of any country other than the United States. Furthermore, this
summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, existing,
temporary and proposed regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative
and judicial interpretations, all of which are subject to change, possibly
with retroactive effect. Prospective Non-United States Holders are urged to
consult their tax advisors regarding the United States federal, state, local
and non-United States income and other tax consequences of owning and
disposing of the Common Stock.     
 
DIVIDENDS
   
  The Company does not expect to pay dividends on its Common Stock in the
foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy." Generally, any dividends paid with
respect to the Common Stock to a Non-United States Holder will be subject to
withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% tax rate (or such
lower tax rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).
Dividends received by a Non-United States Holder that are effectively
connected with a United States trade or business conducted by such Non-United
States Holder (and attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-
United States Holder, if any income tax treaty applies) are exempt from such
withholding tax. However, such effectively connected dividends, net of certain
deductions and credits, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to
United States persons. Effectively connected dividends received by a corporate
Non-United States Holder may be subject to an additional "branch profits tax"
at a 30% tax rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable
income tax treaty). A Non-United States Holder may claim exemption from
withholding under the effectively connected income exception by filing Form
4224 (Statement Claiming Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively Connected with the Conduct of Business in the United States) with
the Company or its paying agent.     
 
  Under current United States Treasury regulations, dividends paid to an
address in a foreign country are presumed to be paid to a resident of such
country for purposes of the withholding discussed above (unless the payor has
knowledge to the contrary) and, under the current interpretation of United
States Treasury regulations, for purposes of determining the applicability of
a tax treaty rate. Treasury regulations proposed to be effective for payments
made after December 31, 1997, which have not been finally adopted, however,
would require Non-United States Holders to file certain new forms to obtain
the benefit of any applicable tax treaty providing for a lower rate of
withholding tax on dividends. Such forms would contain the holder's name,
address and certain other information.
       
DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK
   
  A Non-United States Holder generally will not be subject to United States
federal income tax on any gain recognized upon the sale or other disposition
of Common Stock unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with a United
States trade or business of the Non-United States Holder and is attributable
to such holder's office     
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
   
or other fixed place of business within the United States, (ii) in the case of
a Non-United States Holder who is a non-resident alien individual and holds
the Common Stock as a capital asset, such holder is present in the United
States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of disposition and either (a)
has a "tax home" in the United States for United States federal income tax
purposes or (b) has an office or other fixed place of business in the United
States to which the gain is attributable and no treaty exemption applies,
(iii) the Non-United States Holder is subject to tax pursuant to the
provisions of United States federal income tax laws applicable to certain
expatriates or (iv) the Company is or has been a "United States real property
holding corporation" ("USRPHC") at any time within the shorter of the five-
year period preceding such disposition or such Non-United States Holder's
holding period and, provided that the Common Stock continues to be "regularly
traded on an established securities market" for tax purposes, the Non-United
States Holder held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the five-year
period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5% of the outstanding
Common Stock. The Company has determined that it has not been and is not
currently and does not believe that it will become a USRPHC for federal income
tax purposes. If a Non-United States Holder falls under clause (i) above, the
holder will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same basis
as United States persons generally (and, with respect to corporate Non-United
States Holders, may also be subject to the branch profits tax described
above). If an individual Non-United States Holder falls under clause (ii)
above, the holder generally will be subject to a 30% tax on the gain derived
from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. capital losses recognized
within the same taxable year of such sale or disposition.     
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
   
  In the event the Company decides, contrary to its present intention, to pay
dividends with respect to its Common Stock, the Company must report to the IRS
the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient and the
amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the Non-United
States Holder. See "Dividend Policy." Pursuant to tax treaties or other
agreements, the IRS may make such reports available to tax authorities in the
recipient's country of residence.     
 
  Dividends paid to a Non-United States Holder at an address within the United
States may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 31% if the Non-United
States Holder fails to establish that it is entitled to an exemption or to
provide a correct taxpayer identification number and other information to the
payor.
   
  The payment of the proceeds of the disposition of Common Stock by or through
the United States office of a broker is subject to information reporting and
backup withholding at a rate of 31% unless the holder certifies its name,
address and non-United States status under penalties of perjury or otherwise
establishes an exemption. Information reporting requirements (but not backup
withholding) will apply to a payment of disposition proceeds by or through a
foreign office of (a) a United States broker, (b) a foreign broker that is a
controlled foreign corporation for United States federal income tax purposes
or (c) a foreign broker 50% or more of whose gross income for certain periods
is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business, unless such
broker has documentary evidence in its files of the owner's foreign status and
has no actual knowledge to the contrary. Generally, United States information
reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition
proceeds if the payment is made outside the United States by or through a
foreign office of a non-U.S. broker.     
   
  Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of
persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax
withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be
obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.     
 
FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES
   
  Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen
or resident of the United States (as defined for United States federal estate
tax purposes) at the time of death will be subject to United States federal
estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. Estates
of non-resident aliens are generally allowed a statutory credit which is the
equivalent of an exclusion of $60,000 of assets from the U.S. estate tax. Tax
treaties may permit a larger credit.     
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
   
  Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), the United States Underwriters named below
(the "U.S. Underwriters"), for whom DLJ is acting as representative (the "U.S.
Representative"), and the international managers named below (the
"International Managers" and, together with the U.S. Underwriters, the
"Underwriters"), for whom DLJ is acting as representative (the "International
Representative" and, together with the U.S. Representative, the
"Representative"), have severally agreed to purchase from the Company an
aggregate of      shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock
that each Underwriter has agreed to purchase is set forth opposite its name
below:     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NUMBER OF
         U.S. UNDERWRITERS                                              SHARES
         -----------------                                             ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation...................
                                                                          ---
  U.S. Offering subtotal..............................................
                                                                          ---
</TABLE>
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NUMBER OF
         INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS                                         SHARES
         ----------------------                                        ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation...................
                                                                          ---
  International Offering subtotal.....................................
                                                                          ---
    Total.............................................................
                                                                          ===
</TABLE>
   
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters to purchase and accept delivery of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and
to certain other conditions. If any of the shares of Common Stock are
purchased by the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, all such
shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below)
must be so purchased. The offering price and underwriting discounts and
commissions per share for the U.S. Offering and the International Offering are
identical.     
 
  The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute
to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
  The Representative has advised the Company that the Underwriters propose to
offer the shares of Common Stock to the public initially at the price to the
public set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers
(who may include the Underwriters) at such price, less a concession not in
excess of $    per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-
allow, discounts not in excess of $    per share to any other Underwriter and
certain other dealers. After the Offerings, the offering price and other
selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters.
 
  The Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters an option to purchase up to
an aggregate of        additional shares of Common Stock, at the initial
public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to
cover over-allotments. Such option may be exercised at any time until 30 days
after the date of this Prospectus. To the extent that the U.S. Representative
exercises such option, each of the U.S. Underwriters will be committed,
subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of shares proportionate to
such U.S. Underwriter's initial commitment as indicated in the preceding
tables.
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Company, its officers, directors, and certain other stockholders, who
collectively are the beneficial owners of an aggregate of      shares of
Common Stock, have agreed with the Underwriters not to, directly or
indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or
otherwise dispose of, without the prior written consent of the Representative,
any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable
or exchangeable for, or warrants, options or rights to purchase or acquire,
Common Stock or in any other manner transfer all or a portion of the economic
consequences associated with the ownership of any Common Stock, or enter into
any agreement to do any of the foregoing, for a period of 180 days after the
date of this Prospectus. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."     
 
  Pursuant to an Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and International
Managers (the "Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and International
Managers"), each U.S. Underwriter has represented and agreed that, with
respect to the shares included in the U.S. Offering and with certain
exceptions, (a) it is not purchasing any Common Stock for the account of
anyone other than a United States or Canadian Person (as defined below) and
(b) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or
indirectly, any Common Stock or distribute this Prospectus outside of the
United States or Canada or to anyone other than a United States or Canadian
Person. Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and International
Managers, each International Manager has represented and agreed that, with
respect to the shares included in the International Offering and with certain
exceptions, (a) it is not purchasing any Common Stock for the account of any
United States or Canadian Person and (b) it has not offered or sold, and will
not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock or distribute this
Prospectus within the United States or Canada or to any United States or
Canadian Person. The foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization
transactions and to certain other transactions among the International
Managers and the U.S. Underwriters. As used herein, "United States or Canadian
Person" means any national or resident of the United States or Canada or any
corporation, pension, profit-sharing or other trust or other entity organized
under the laws of the United States or Canada or of any political subdivision
thereof (other than a branch located outside the United States or Canada of
any United States or Canadian Person) and includes any United States or
Canadian branch of a person who is not otherwise a United States or Canadian
Person, and "United States" means the United States of America, its
territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
 
  Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and International
Managers, sales may be made between the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers of any number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased
pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as may be mutually agreed. The per
share price and currency of settlement of any shares so sold shall be the
public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof, in United States
dollars, less an amount not greater than the per share amount of the
concession to dealers set forth above.
 
  Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and International
Managers, each U.S. Underwriter has represented that it has not offered or
sold, and has agreed not to offer or sell, any Common Stock, directly or
indirectly, in Canada in contravention of the securities laws of Canada or any
province or territory thereof and has represented that any offer of Common
Stock in Canada will be made only pursuant to an exemption from the
requirement to file a prospectus in the province or territory of Canada in
which such offer is made. Each U.S. Underwriter has further agreed to send any
dealer who purchases from it any Common Stock a notice stating in substance
that, by purchasing such Common Stock, such dealer represents and agrees that
it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or
indirectly, any of such Common Stock in Canada in contravention of the
securities laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof and that any
offer of Common Stock in Canada will be made only pursuant to an exemption
from the requirement to file a prospectus in the province or territory of
Canada in which such offer is made, and that such dealer will deliver to any
other dealer to whom it sells any of such Common Stock a notice to the
foregoing effect.
   
  Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and International
Managers, each International Manager has represented and agreed that (i) it
has not offered or sold and during the period of six months from the date of
this Prospectus will not offer or sell any Common Stock to persons in the
United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in
acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or
agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances
which do not constitute an     
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
offer to the public in the United Kingdom for the purposes of the Public
Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 (the "Regulations"); (ii) it has
complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial
Services Act 1986 of Great Britain and the Regulations with respect to
anything done by it in relation to the Common Stock in, from or otherwise
involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and
will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document in connection
with the issue or sale of the Common Stock to a person who is of a kind
described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 of Great Britain or is a person to
whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
  No action has been taken in any jurisdiction by the Company or the
Underwriters that would permit a public offering of the Common Stock offered
pursuant to the Offerings in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is
required, other than the United States. The distribution of this Prospectus
and the offering or sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby in
certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Accordingly, the shares of
Common Stock offered hereby may not be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, and neither this Prospectus nor any other offering material or
advertisements in connection with the Common Stock may be distributed or
published, in or from any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will
result in compliance with applicable rules and regulations of any such
jurisdiction. Such restrictions may be set out in applicable Prospectus
supplements. Persons into whose possession this Prospectus comes are required
by the Company and the Underwriters to inform themselves about and to observe
any applicable restrictions. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer of,
or an invitation to subscribe for purchase of, any shares of Common Stock and
may not be used for the purpose of an offer to, or solicitation by, anyone in
any jurisdiction or in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation
is not authorized or is unlawful.
 
  The Representative has informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total
number of shares of Common Stock offered by them and the sales to
discretionary accounts by the Representative will be less than one percent of
the total number of shares of Common Stock offered by them.
   
  Of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby,     shares have been reserved
(the "Reserved Shares") for sale to certain individuals, including employees,
customers, distributors and retailers of the Company (the "Participants"). The
Reserved Shares will be sold at a price per share equal to the initial public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The number of
shares available to the general public will be reduced to the extent the
Participants purchase the Reserved Shares. Any shares not so purchased will be
offered in the Offerings at the initial public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus. Reserved shares purchased by Participants will,
except as restricted by applicable securities laws, be available for resale
following the Offerings.     
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the shares of
Common Stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the
Company and the Representative. Among the factors considered in determining
the initial public offering price of the Common Stock, in addition to
prevailing market conditions, were the Company's historical performance,
estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an
assessment of the Company's management and the consideration of the above
factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
   
  DLJ has in the past provided, and may in the future provide, investment
banking services for LGP and its affiliates. Affiliates of DLJ own 1.61% of
the limited partnership interest in GEI. Affiliates of DLJ own $7.5 million in
aggregate liquidation preference of the Senior Preferred Stock and will
receive approximately $7.5 million of the net proceeds of the Offerings in
connection with the redemption of such shares. See "Use of Proceeds."     
   
  Application has been made to have the shares of Common Stock listed on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "TWLB."     
 
                                      64
<PAGE>
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
   
  The validity of the shares offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel, New York, New York. Certain
legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom, New York, New York.     
 
                                    EXPERTS
   
  The consolidated financial statements of TLC as of December 31, 1994 and
1995 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995
included in this Prospectus and the related financial statement schedule
included elsewhere in the Registration Statement, have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche llp, independent auditors, as stated in their reports
appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement and have been so
included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority
as experts in accounting and auditing.     
 
                                      65
<PAGE>
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Independent Auditors' Report.............................................. F-2
Financial Statements
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June
   30, 1996 (unaudited)................................................... F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 1993,
   1994 and 1995 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 1995 (unaudited) and
   1996 (unaudited)....................................................... F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended
   December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996
   (unaudited)............................................................ F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,
   1993, 1994 and 1995 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 1995 (unaudited)
   and 1996 (unaudited)................................................... F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. F-7
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Shareholders of
   
Twinlab Corporation (formerly TLG Laboratories Holding Corp.)     
Ronkonkoma, New York
   
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Twinlab
Corporation (formerly TLG Laboratories Holding Corp.) and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of income,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.     
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as
of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of their consolidated
operations and their consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Jericho, New York
February 9, 1996
   
(May 7, 1996 as to Notes
1 and 16a and June 4,
1996 as to Note 16b)     
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
          (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ---------------  JUNE 30,
                                                     1994    1995      1996
                                                    ------- ------- -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>     <C>     <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents (Note 7)............... $ 5,735 $ 7,945   $
  Marketable securities (Note 2)...................   1,178     201
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad
   debts of $63, $177 and $   , respectively (Notes
   7 and 15).......................................  17,892  24,372
  Inventories (Notes 3 and 7)......................  22,732  25,273
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets........   1,179     872
                                                    ------- -------   -------
    Total current assets...........................  48,716  58,663
Marketable securities (Note 2).....................     201     --
Property, plant and equipment, net (Notes 4, 8 and
 9)................................................  12,071  13,036
Other assets (Note 5)..............................   3,718   3,610
                                                    ------- -------   -------
Total.............................................. $64,706 $75,309   $
                                                    ======= =======   =======
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt (Notes 8 and
   16)............................................. $ 1,101 $ 1,479   $
  Current portion of capital lease obligations
   (Note 9)........................................     126     136
  Loan payable--bank (Note 7)......................     660     660
  Notes payable--shareholders (Note 14)............   1,846     846
  Accounts payable.................................   3,612   6,854
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
   (Note 6)........................................   3,135   4,258
                                                    ------- -------   -------
    Total current liabilities......................  10,480  14,233
Long-term debt, less current portion (Notes 5 and
 16)...............................................   5,116   5,367
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
 (Note 9)..........................................     439     304
Senior subordinated notes (Note 16)................     --      --
                                                    ------- -------   -------
    Total liabilities..............................  16,035  19,904
                                                    ------- -------   -------
Senior redeemable cumulative preferred stock, $.01
 par value; 156,410 shares authorized; 30,000
 shares outstanding (Note 16)......................     --      --
Junior redeemable cumulative preferred stock, $.01
 par value; 140,090 shares authorized; 37,000
 shares outstanding (Note 16)......................     --      --
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 12 and 13)
Shareholders' equity:
  Common stock, $1 par value; 1,000,000 shares
   authorized; 450,000 shares outstanding as of
   December 31, 1994 and 1995 and 1,000,000 as of
   June 30, 1996...................................     450     450
  Additional paid-in capital.......................      68      68
  Retained earnings................................  48,153  54,887
                                                    ------- -------   -------
    Total shareholders' equity.....................  48,671  55,405
                                                    ------- -------   -------
Total.............................................. $64,706 $75,309   $
                                                    ======= =======   =======
</TABLE>    
 
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
          (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                     YEAR ENDED              SIX MONTHS
                                    DECEMBER 31,           ENDED JUNE 30,
                              ---------------------------  ----------------
                               1993      1994      1995     1995     1996
                              -------  --------  --------  -------  -------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                           <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>
Net sales (Note 15).........  $99,897  $117,342  $148,735  $69,820  $
Cost of sales...............   62,131    70,247    89,932   42,046
                              -------  --------  --------  -------  -------
Gross profit................   37,766    47,095    58,803   27,774
Operating expenses..........   21,125    23,022    27,191   13,779
                              -------  --------  --------  -------  -------
Income from operations......   16,641    24,073    31,612   13,995
                              -------  --------  --------  -------  -------
Other (expense) income:
  Interest income...........      242       254       313      147
  Interest expense..........     (487)     (761)     (866)    (417)
  Transaction expenses (Note
   1).......................      --        --       (656)      --
  Other.....................      510       354        61       96
                              -------  --------  --------  -------  -------
                                  265      (153)   (1,148)    (174)
                              -------  --------  --------  -------  -------
Income before unusual item
 and provision for income
 taxes......................   16,906    23,920    30,464   13,821
Unusual item--nonrecurring
 charge for prior years'
 income tax assessment (Note
 13)........................      --      1,982       --       --       --
Provision for income taxes
 (Note 10)..................      230       245       240       92
                              -------  --------  --------  -------  -------
Net income..................  $16,676  $ 21,693  $ 30,224  $13,729  $
                              =======  ========  ========  =======  =======
Pro forma (Note 1)
Historical income before
 provision for income taxes.  $16,906  $ 21,938  $ 30,464  $13,821  $
Pro forma provision for
 income taxes...............    6,644     9,087    12,060    5,471
                              -------  --------  --------  -------  -------
Pro forma net income........  $10,262  $ 12,851  $ 18,404   $8,350  $
                              =======  ========  ========  =======  =======
Pro forma net income per                           $40.90           $
 share......................                     ========           =======
Weighted average shares                           450,000
 outstanding (Note 2).......                     ========           =======
</TABLE>    
 
 
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                           (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                  ADDITIONAL
                                           COMMON  PAID-IN   RETAINED
                                           STOCK   CAPITAL   EARNINGS   TOTAL
                                           ------ ---------- --------  --------
<S>                                        <C>    <C>        <C>       <C>
Balance at January 1, 1993...............  $  442   $    1   $ 32,737  $ 33,180
Issuance of capital stock--B. Bros.......       8       67        --         75
Net income...............................     --       --      16,676    16,676
Distributions to shareholders............     --       --      (9,388)   (9,388)
                                           ------   ------   --------  --------
Balance at December 31, 1993.............     450       68     40,025    40,543
Net income...............................     --       --      21,693    21,693
Distributions to shareholders............     --       --     (13,565)  (13,565)
                                           ------   ------   --------  --------
Balance at December 31, 1994.............     450       68     48,153    48,671
Net income...............................     --       --      30,224    30,224
Distributions to shareholders............     --       --     (23,490)  (23,490)
                                           ------   ------   --------  --------
Balance at December 31, 1995.............     450       68     54,887    55,405
Net income (unaudited)...................
Distributions to shareholders
 (unaudited).............................
Issuance of common stock (Note 16)
 (unaudited).............................
Repurchase of shareholders' common stock
 and recapitalization including income
 tax effects (Note 16) (unaudited).......
Conversion of tax status from "S"
 corporation to "C" corporation (Note 16)
 (unaudited).............................
                                           ------   ------   --------  --------
Balance at June 30, 1996 (unaudited).....  $        $        $         $
                                           ======   ======   ========  ========
</TABLE>    
 
 
 
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                           (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                           YEAR ENDED             SIX MONTHS
                                          DECEMBER 31,          ENDED JUNE 30,
                                     -------------------------  ----------------
                                      1993     1994     1995     1995     1996
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                  <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating
 activities:
  Net income.......................  $16,676  $21,693  $30,224  $13,729  $
  Adjustment to reconcile net
   income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization..      805      950    1,011      514
    Gain on sale of equipment......      (35)    (153)     (58)     (58)
    Bad debt expense...............      --       (59)     169       25
    Other..........................        8        1      --       --
    Changes in operating assets and
     liabilities:
      Accounts receivable..........   (3,817)  (5,880)  (6,649)    (690)
      Inventories..................   (4,381)  (3,717)  (2,541)  (4,901)
      Prepaid expenses and other
       current assets..............     (547)     295      307     (359)
      Accounts payable.............    2,354     (752)   3,242    5,260
      Accrued expenses and other
       current liabilities.........     (471)     494    1,123      324
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
        Net cash provided by
         operating activities......   10,592   12,872   26,828   13,844
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Cash flows from investing
 activities:
  Maturities of marketable
   securities......................    1,163    1,120    1,178      375
  Purchases of marketable
   securities......................   (1,767)     --       --       --
  Proceeds from sales of property,
   plant and equipment.............    1,358      435      825       59
  Acquisition of property, plant
   and equipment...................   (4,904)  (1,786)  (2,641)  (2,073)
  Decrease (increase) in other
   assets..........................     (283)    (519)       6      240
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
        Net cash used in investing
         activities................   (4,433)    (750)    (632)  (1,399)
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Cash flows from financing
 activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of debt...    2,758    6,073    4,685    4,154
  Distributions to shareholders....   (9,388) (13,565) (23,490) (16,496)
  Payments of debt.................     (785)  (5,389)  (5,056)  (2,905)
  Issuance of capital stock--B.
   Bros............................       75      --       --       --
  Principal payments of capital
   lease obligations...............      --      (121)    (125)     (62)
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
        Net cash used in financing
         activities................   (7,340) (13,002) (23,986) (15,309)
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and
 cash equivalents..................   (1,181)    (880)   2,210   (2,864)
Cash and cash equivalents at
 beginning of period...............    7,796    6,615    5,735    5,735
                                     -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
 period............................  $ 6,615  $ 5,735  $ 7,945  $ 2,871  $
                                     =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
Supplemental disclosures of cash
 flow information:
  Cash paid during the periods for:
    Interest.......................  $   466  $   780  $   853  $   344  $
                                     =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
    Income taxes...................  $   248  $   267  $   216  $    67  $
                                     =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash
 investing activities-- Assets
 acquired under capital lease
 obligations.......................  $   --   $   686  $   --   $   --   $   --
                                     =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>    
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                
             AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996     
    
 (INFORMATION AS IT RELATES TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS
                                UNAUDITED)     
                 (DOLLAR AMOUNTS ARE IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF ENTITY AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
  Prior to May 7, 1996, Twin Laboratories Inc. ("Twin") and its affiliates,
Twinlab Export Corp. ("Export"), Twinlab Specialty Corporation ("Specialty"),
Alvita Products, Inc. ("Alvita"), Natur-Pharma, Inc. ("Natur-Pharma"), B.
Bros. Realty Corporation ("B Bros.") and Advanced Research Press, Inc. ("ARP")
(collectively the "Companies") operated as separate corporations, all of which
were wholly-owned by the same individuals (with some companies having
different ownership percentages among such individuals) except for Natur-
Pharma and B. Bros. which were only ninety-seven percent owned by such
individuals.
 
  In July 1995, the shareholders of the Companies signed a non-binding letter
of intent to sell an interest in the Companies and subsequently entered into a
stock purchase and sale agreement (the "Acquisition Agreement") (see Note 16).
In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement,
the Companies incurred $656 of professional expenses as of December 31, 1995
(the "Transaction Expenses").
   
  On February 27, 1996, Twinlab Corporation (formerly TLG Laboratories Holding
Corp.) ("TLC") was incorporated in contemplation of the Acquisition Agreement.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TLC
and subsidiaries (the "Company") after giving retroactive effect, in a manner
similar to a pooling of interests, to the merger of the Companies pursuant to
the Acquisition Agreement.     
 
  The Company's product line includes vitamins, minerals, amino acids, fish
and marine oils, sports nutrition products and special formulas marketed under
the TWINLAB trademark and a full line of herbal supplements and phytonutrients
and herb teas marketed under the Nature's Herbs and Alvita trademarks,
respectively. The Company sells its products through a network of
approximately 60 distributors, who service approximately 11,000 health food
stores and other selected retail outlets.
 
  Twin manufactures and markets complete lines in two product categories:
vitamins, minerals and amino acids; and sports nutrition, consisting of a
total of over 400 products.
 
  Export sells Twin's products outside the United States. Specialty markets
innovative and special nutritional supplements, some in unique dosage form.
Alvita Products, Inc., under the brand Alvita, markets over 100 natural single
herb teas and blends in both teabag and bulk form. Natur-Pharma manufactures
and markets approximately 400 herbal and botanical supplements under the
Nature's Herbs brand. Natur-Pharma operates a manufacturing facility
registered with the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
 
  B. Bros. was incorporated for the purpose of constructing a building to
serve as Natur-Pharma's new office, warehouse and production facility.
 
  ARP is a publisher of sports nutrition books and a body building and fitness
magazine entitled "Muscular Development, Fitness & Health."
   
  The Companies had been S Corporations, pursuant to the Internal Revenue
Code, during the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and through May
7, 1996. Upon completion of the Acquisition Agreement, the Companies
terminated their S Corporation status. The pro forma income statement
information reflects adjustments to the historical net income had the
Companies not elected S Corporation status for income tax purposes for all
periods presented.     
 
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  a. Principles of combination--All material intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.
 
  b. Cash equivalents--Investments with original maturities of three months or
less are considered cash equivalents and consist primarily of money market
funds.
 
  c. Marketable securities--The Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities" during the year ended December 31, 1994, which
requires changes in the accounting and reporting of investments in debt and
equity securities. The effect of adopting SFAS No. 115 on the Company's
consolidated financial statements was not material.
 
  The marketable securities portfolio primarily consists of investments in
tax-exempt municipal bonds. Marketable securities are stated at amortized cost
as the Company has the intent and ability to hold these securities to
maturity. The aggregate fair value of the current marketable securities as of
December 31, 1994 and 1995 was $1,170 and $201, respectively. The aggregate
fair value of the noncurrent marketable securities was $196 as of December 31,
1994.
 
  d. Inventories--Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in,
first-out method) or market value.
 
  e. Property, plant and equipment--Depreciation is computed using the
straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the related
assets which range from three to forty years. Amortization of leasehold
improvements is computed by the straight-line method over the shorter of the
estimated useful lives of the related assets or lease term.
 
  f. Intangible assets--Trademarks are being amortized on the straight-line
method over their expected lives, not to exceed forty years. Goodwill, which
represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets
acquired, is being amortized on the straight-line method over forty years.
Covenants not to compete are being amortized on the straight-line method over
five years.
 
  g. Income taxes--In February 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes", which required significant changes in
accounting for income taxes, including an asset and liability approach to
income taxes. The Company adopted SFAS No. 109 in the year ended December 31,
1993. There was no cumulative effect to the consolidated financial statements
as a result of the change in accounting, nor did SFAS No. 109 have a material
effect on the amount of income taxes provided in the year ended December 31,
1993.
   
  h. Revenue recognition--Revenue from product sales is recognized at the time
of shipment to the customer. Revenue from magazine subscriptions is recorded
as deferred revenue at the time of sale and a pro rata share is included in
revenue as magazines are delivered to subscribers. Advertising revenue is
recognized when the related magazines are issued.     
   
  i. Research and development expenses--The Company charges research and
development expenses to operations as incurred. Research and development
expenses were $861, $1,030 and $1,140 for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995, respectively.     
   
  j. Pro forma net income per share--Pro forma net income per share for the
year ended December 31, 1995 has been computed by dividing pro forma net
income by 450,000 shares, which represents the number of equivalent shares
outstanding after giving retroactive effect to the issuance of TLC common
shares to the Continuing Shareholders pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
Pro forma net income per share for the six months ended June 30, 1996 has been
computed by dividing pro forma net income by the number of shares outstanding
after giving retroactive effect to the Company's   for 1 stock split and
assumes as outstanding, the    shares being offered in the IPO (as hereinafter
defined) (see Note 16).     
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
   
  k. Fair value of financial instruments--The following methods and
assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial
instruments:     
 
    1) Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amounts approximate fair value
  because of the short maturity of these instruments.
 
    2) Marketable securities--Fair value approximates quoted market value.
 
    3) Receivables--The carrying amount approximates fair value because of
  the short maturity of these instruments.
 
    4) Debt--The carrying amounts approximate fair value based on borrowing
  rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms.
   
  l. Use of estimates in the preparation of financial statements--The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.     
   
  m. Unaudited interim financial statements--In the opinion of management, the
unaudited consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30,
1995 and 1996 are presented on a basis consistent with the audited
consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting of
only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the
results thereof. The results of operation for interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.     
   
  n. Reclassifications--Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to
conform with current year classifications.     
 
3. INVENTORIES
<TABLE>       
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,    JUNE
                                                         ---------------   30,
                                                          1994    1995     1996
                                                         ------- ------- -------
      <S>                                                <C>     <C>     <C>
      Inventories consist of the following:
        Raw materials................................... $10,183 $11,006 $
        Work in process.................................   4,720   4,550
        Finished goods..................................   7,829   9,717
                                                         ------- ------- -------
          Total......................................... $22,732 $25,273 $
                                                         ======= ======= =======
 
4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
  Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                  1994    1995
                                                                 ------- -------
      <S>                                                <C>     <C>     <C>
      Land, building and leasehold improvements.........         $10,039 $11,204
      Plant equipment...................................           5,883   6,097
      Office equipment..................................           1,776   1,942
      Automobiles.......................................              70      56
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                  17,768  19,299
      Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization...           5,697   6,263
                                                                 ------- -------
        Property, plant and equipment--net..............         $12,071 $13,036
                                                                 ------- -------
        Depreciation and amortization expense...........         $   851 $   909
                                                                 ======= =======
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
5. OTHER ASSETS
 
  Other assets consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -------------
                                                                    1994   1995
                                                                   ------ ------
      <S>                                                      <C> <C>    <C>
      Due from related trust (a).............................      $1,640 $1,786
      Trademarks, net of accumulated amortization of $128 and
       $157, respectively....................................         948  1,063
      Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $96 and
       $114, respectively....................................         607    590
      Other..................................................         523    171
                                                                   ------ ------
          Total..............................................      $3,718 $3,610
                                                                   ====== ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
   
(a) The Company had advanced, to a related party trust, payments for premiums
    on a split dollar life insurance policy on the lives of the principal
    shareholders. The amounts advanced were to be repaid from the benefits or
    cash value of the policy and were collateralized by the cash surrender
    value of the policy. The principal shareholders were covered by a "second
    to die" policy in the face amount of $10,000. Such policy was terminated
    in May 1996 and the related advances were collected (see Note 16).     
 
6. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -------------
                                                                   1994   1995
                                                                  ------ ------
<S>                                                               <C>    <C>
Accrued salaries, employee benefits and payroll taxes............ $  839 $  935
Deferred revenue.................................................    689    787
Accrued professional fees........................................    134    700
Other............................................................  1,473  1,836
                                                                  ------ ------
    Total........................................................ $3,135 $4,258
                                                                  ====== ======
</TABLE>
 
7. LOAN PAYABLE--BANK
   
  Natur-Pharma had a revolving line of credit arrangement with a bank. A
maximum of $1,000 was available to Natur-Pharma with interest payable monthly
at the bank's variable base rate (8.5 percent at December 31, 1995). Terms of
the agreement included maintaining a $75 compensating balance, achieving
quarterly net income of at least $50 and limitations on repayment of notes
payable to shareholders. Borrowings were secured by inventories, accounts
receivable and a guarantee by Twin. The credit arrangement was to mature on
June 1, 1996 and was subject to annual review by the bank. Borrowings against
such line of credit aggregated $660 at December 31, 1994 and 1995. Such
borrowings were refinanced in May 1996 in connection with the Acquisition
Agreement (see Note 16).     
   
  Twin had entered into a line of credit arrangement with a bank which was
cancelable by either party at any time and was to expire on May 31, 1996. A
maximum amount of $10,000 was available with interest charged at the Alternate
Base Rate of the bank, which was the higher of the prime rate (8.5 percent at
December 31, 1995) or the Federal Funds rate (6.0 percent at December 31,
1995) plus 1/2 percent. There were no borrowings against such line of credit
at December 31, 1994 and 1995. The line of credit agreement was canceled in
May 1996 (see Note 16).     
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
8. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
  Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -------------
                                                                    1994   1995
                                                                   ------ ------
<S>                                                                <C>    <C>
Mortgage payable to a bank collateralized by land and building,
 payable in monthly installments of $22, including interest at
 9.5 percent plus a $1,737 balloon payment due May 1, 2002(a)....  $2,282 $2,228
Mortgage payable to a bank collateralized by land and building,
 payable in monthly installments of $24, including interest at
 9.9 percent, maturing August 2006(a)............................   2,171  2,104
Loan payable to a bank, payable in monthly installments of $14,
 inclusive of interest at the prime rate plus .5 percent with the
 balance due on June 1, 1996(a)..................................     --   1,121
Note payable to a bank collateralized by equipment, payable in
 monthly installments of $10, including interest at 8.43 percent,
 maturing August 31, 2001(a).....................................     584    516
Note payable to a bank, unsecured, payable in monthly
 installments of $8, including interest at 7.7 percent, maturing
 July 1, 2002(a).................................................     --     506
Note payable to a power authority, payable in monthly
 installments of $2, including interest at 6.38 percent, maturing
 February 2011...................................................     296    289
Loan payable to a bank due on August 1, 1995.....................     792    --
Other............................................................      92     82
                                                                   ------ ------
                                                                    6,217  6,846
Less: current portion............................................   1,101  1,479
                                                                   ------ ------
    Total........................................................  $5,116 $5,367
                                                                   ====== ======
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(a)Such debt was refinanced in May 1996 in connection with the Acquisition
 Agreement (see Note 16).     
 
  The mortgages payable to banks provide, among other things, for the
maintenance by certain of the companies of a minimum tangible net worth
balance, certain financial ratios and limitations on additional borrowings.
 
  Maturities of long-term debt are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
      ------------------------
      <S>                                                                 <C>
         1996............................................................ $1,479
         1997............................................................    315
         1998............................................................    335
         1999............................................................    366
         2000............................................................    396
         Thereafter......................................................  3,955
                                                                          ------
          Total.......................................................... $6,846
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
 
9. CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
  The Company is obligated under leases for equipment, which are treated as
capital leases for financial reporting purposes due to certain provisions in
the lease agreements. Included in plant equipment at December 31, 1994 and
1995 are assets held under capital leases with a net carrying value of $652
and $583, respectively. Accumulated amortization on these assets at December
31, 1994 and 1995 was $34 and $103, respectively.
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The future minimum lease payments, by year and in the aggregate, and the
present value of the future minimum lease payments at December 31, 1995 are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
      ------------------------
      <S>                                                                  <C>
         1996............................................................  $164
         1997............................................................   164
         1998............................................................   164
                                                                           ----
         Total...........................................................   492
         Amount representing interest....................................    52
                                                                           ----
         Present value of the future minimum lease payments (including
          $136 payable currently)........................................  $440
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>
 
10. INCOME TAXES
 
  Prior to the consummation of the Acquisition Agreement, all of the Companies
were "S" corporations and as such Federal and state taxes were generally paid
at the shareholder level only. However, when corporate taxable income of any
company exceed $200, such company was required to pay New York State corporate
income taxes equal to the difference between the personal and the corporate
tax rate (approximately 2 percent at December 31, 1995) for all taxable income
in excess of $200, except for Natur-Pharma, Alvita and B. Bros., which are
subject to the tax laws of the State of Utah.
 
  Some of the companies were not "S" corporations since inception. The
following table sets forth the effective date each company elected "S"
corporation status and the "C" corporation retained earnings at the time of
"S" corporation election:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 "C" CORPORATION
                                           EFFECTIVE DATE OF "S"    RETAINED
       COMPANY                             CORPORATION ELECTION     EARNINGS
       -------                             --------------------- ---------------
      <S>                                  <C>                   <C>
      Twin................................    January 1, 1987        $6,299
      Export..............................       At inception          None
      Specialty...........................       At inception          None
      Alvita..............................    January 1, 1992        $   39
      Natur-Pharma........................    January 1, 1993        $  575
      B. Bros. ...........................       At inception          None
      ARP.................................    January 1, 1989        $  (89)
</TABLE>
   
  The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
and 1995 and through the consummation of the Acquisition Agreement on May 7,
1996 represents state taxes.     
 
  Twin is undergoing a routine audit of its Federal income tax return for the
year ended December 31, 1993. Management believes that any amounts which might
be assessed will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial
statements.
 
11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
  Twin provides a profit sharing plan for all full-time employees who have
satisfied length of service and minimum age requirements. Profit sharing
expense related to Twin's plan was $250 for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995.
 
  Under the Natur-Pharma, Inc. Employee Savings Plan, eligible participating
employees may elect to contribute up to twenty-five percent of their salaries
to an investment trust. Natur-Pharma may, at its sole
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

discretion, contribute to the plan. Participants are fully vested in their own
contributions and vest in Natur-Pharma's contributions at a rate of 20 percent
per year beginning one year after the date of contribution. Natur-Pharma
contributed and charged to expense $7, $11 and $37 under this plan for the
years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  a. Leases--The Company leases certain warehouse space and equipment under
operating leases. Generally, the leases carry renewal provisions and require
the payment of maintenance costs. Rental payments may be adjusted for
increases in taxes and other costs above specific amounts. Rental expense
charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 was
approximately $1,254, $1,281 and $1,370, respectively.
 
  Future minimum payments under noncancellable operating leases with initial
or remaining terms of more than one year, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
      ------------------------
      <S>                                                                 <C>
         1996...........................................................  $1,269
         1997...........................................................     981
         1998...........................................................     866
         1999...........................................................     764
         2000...........................................................     829
                                                                          ------
             Total......................................................  $4,709
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
   
  b. Legal matters--Twin and other encapsulators, and various manufacturers,
distributors, suppliers, importers and retailers of added manufactured L-
Tryptophan or products containing added manufactured L-Tryptophan are or were
defendants in various legal actions brought in federal and state courts
seeking compensatory and, in some cases, punitive damages for alleged personal
injuries resulting from the ingestion of certain products containing added
manufactured L-Tryptophan. As of January 31, 1996, Twin was a named defendant
in three of these actions. Although Twin believes that few new lawsuits are
likely to be brought because of applicable statutes of limitations, the
possibility of future such actions cannot be excluded. Twin and certain other
companies in the industry (the "Indemnified Group") have each entered into a
Defense and Indemnification Agreement with Showa Denko America, Inc. ("SDA")
(the "Indemnification Agreement"), under which SDA has agreed to assume the
defense of all claims against any of the Indemnified Group arising out of the
ingestion of L-Tryptophan products and to pay all legal fees incurred and
indemnify Twin against liability in any action if it is determined that a
proximate cause of the injury sustained by the plaintiff was a constituent of
the raw material sold by SDA to Twin or was a factor for which SDA or any of
its affiliates was responsible, except to the extent that action by Twin
proximately contributed to the injury, and except for certain claims relating
to punitive damages. SDA appears to have been the supplier of all of the
allegedly contaminated L-Tryptophan. SDA has posted a revolving irrevocable
letter of credit for the benefit of the Indemnified Group if SDA is unable or
unwilling to satisfy any claims or judgments. Showa Denko, K.K. ("SDK"), the
Japanese parent of SDA and manufacturer of the relevant L-Tryptophan, has
unconditionally guaranteed the payment obligations of SDA under the
Indemnification Agreement. As of January 31, 1996, 129 lawsuits in which Twin
was a named defendant had been dismissed or settled by SDA at no cost to Twin.
       
  To date, the amount of damages sought in each of the remaining three L-
Tryptophan actions has not been specified. Twin's available product liability
insurance coverage of $3 million for L-Tryptophan matters in respect of claims
made prior to December 31, 1993, is only available with respect to one of the
three actions. There can be no assurance that when damages are specified in
these actions that the total amount thereof, if fully awarded against Twin
alone and ignoring the existence of the Indemnification Agreement, would not
exceed such insurance coverage and would not have a material adverse effect on
the Company's results of operations and     
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

financial condition. However, the Indemnification Agreement, the defense and
resolution to date of numerous lawsuits by SDA without cost to Twin, the
multitude of defendants and the possibility that liability could be assessed
against or paid by other parties or by insurance carriers have led management,
after consultation with outside legal counsel, to believe that the prospect
for a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial
condition or results of operations is remote and no provision in the
consolidated financial statements has been made for any loss that may result
from these actions. During the year ended December 31, 1993, SDA reimbursed
Twin approximately $461 primarily for unsalable L-Tryptophan related
merchandise.
   
  In 1989, Twin received an informal inquiry from the New York Regional Office
of the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") seeking substantiation for certain
advertising claims made for a segment of its "Fuel" bodybuilding/sports
nutrition line of products. In response, Twin submitted scientific
substantiation and financial information to the FTC. Twin is currently
negotiating this matter with the FTC and has received from the FTC a revised
proposed Complaint and Consent Decree (the "Decree") seeking, among other
things, injunctive relief restricting certain muscle building, fat loss and
other marketing claims in connection with the sale of Twin's weight control,
bodybuilding and sports nutrition products. In addition, the Decree seeks
payment of $200. If a settlement is not reached, the FTC could pursue
injunctive relief and other remedies beyond those currently specified in the
Decree. The FTC could also pursue remedies against Twin in federal court. The
Company believes that it has adequate scientific substantiation for the claims
at issue, and it intends to vigorously defend the matter if a settlement is
not reached. The Company has reserved $200 for this matter.     
 
  The Company is also engaged in various other litigation in the ordinary
course of business. Management is of the opinion that the amounts which may be
awarded or assessed in connection with these matters, if any, will not have a
material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
13. INVESTMENT IN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
  As a result of investments in certain limited partnerships, Hambrose 3 and 4
("Partnerships"), Twin entered into an agreement with the Partnerships wherein
Twin subscribed to additional limited interests in the Partnerships. Twin also
agreed to contribute a total of $360 as "Additional Capital Contribution" to
the Partnerships, which consists of a nonrecourse note of $240 and another
noninterest-bearing note due in the year 2010 in the amount of $120. In lieu
of making the Additional Capital Contribution in cash or subscription note,
Twin has assigned 100 percent of certain distribution rights until such time
as the assignee has recovered the full amount of the Additional Capital
Contribution. Twin is contingently liable to the Partnerships in the amount of
approximately $3,450. Management is of the opinion that there will be
sufficient income generated from the Partnerships' leasing operations to repay
all the debt due and Twin will not be required to make any further cash
payments. These investments have not been assigned any value on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
  The Hambrose 3 limited partnership has been audited by the Internal Revenue
Service ("IRS") for the years ended December 31, 1985 and 1986, at which time
Twin was a "C" corporation. A settlement was reached during 1995 in which Twin
paid approximately $2,082, including interest. In addition, Twin was
responsible for additional state taxes, inclusive of interest of approximately
$28. Twin recorded an estimated settlement amount during 1994 totaling $1,982
which was reflected as a nonrecurring charge to operations. An additional $128
of interest was recorded in 1995, and was included in operating expenses in
the accompanying consolidated statement of income.
 
14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  Natur-Pharma had outstanding notes payable to certain shareholders totaling
$1,500 and $500 as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively. Such notes
bear interest at ten percent per annum, which is payable semi-annually.
Interest expense on such notes was approximately $179, $150 and $100 for the
years ended
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. Alvita had outstanding notes
payable to certain shareholders totaling $250 as of December 31, 1993. Such
notes were repaid in the year ended December 31, 1994. Interest expense on
such notes was approximately $23 and $5 for the years ended December 31, 1993
and 1994, respectively. ARP had outstanding notes payable to certain
shareholders totaling $346 as of December 31, 1994 and 1995. Such notes are
non-interest bearing.
 
15. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND CREDIT CONCENTRATIONS
 
  The Company has two significant customers which accounted for approximately
27 and 19 percent, respectively, of net sales for 1993; 28 and 20 percent,
respectively, of net sales for 1994; and 28 and 22 percent, respectively, of
net sales for 1995. No other customer accounted for more than 10 percent of
net sales in any of the three years ended December 31, 1995.
 
  The Company's customers are primarily large independent distributors of
health food products. At December 31, 1994 and 1995, approximately 69 and 73
percent, respectively, of accounts receivable related to two customers.
   
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS     
   
  a. Acquisition Agreement and related transactions--The shareholders of the
Companies entered into the Acquisition Agreement, which is dated as of March
5, 1996 and which was consummated on May 7, 1996, pursuant to which, among
other things, (i) TLC acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Natur-
Pharma, (ii) Green Equity Investors II L.P. ("GEI") acquired 480,000 shares
(48%) of the common stock of TLC for aggregate consideration of $4,800, and
shares of non-voting junior redeemable preferred stock of TLC for aggregate
consideration of $37,000, (iii) certain other investors acquired 70,000 shares
(7%) of the common stock of TLC (however, each of these other investors own
less than 5% of the common stock of TLC) for aggregate consideration of $700
and shares of non-voting senior redeemable preferred stock of TLC for
aggregate consideration of $30,000, (iv) certain of the shareholders of the
Companies (the "Continuing Shareholders") received from TLC, in exchange for
certain of their shares of common stock of Natur-Pharma, 450,000 shares (45%)
of the outstanding shares of common stock of TLC, valued at $4,500, and (v)
the shareholders of the Companies received a total of $212,500 in
consideration of the balance of their shares of common stock of Natur-Pharma
and for all of their shares of capital stock of Twin, Alvita, Export,
Specialty, B. Bros., and ARP. Of the total cash consideration to the
shareholders, approximately $15,300 represented consideration for non-
competition agreements entered into by the shareholders of the Companies,
which was recognized as a non-recurring expense upon the consummation of the
Acquisition Agreement.     
   
  Pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, Twin, Alvita, Export,
Specialty, and B. Bros. were merged into Natur-Pharma. ARP was merged with
Natur-Pharma II, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Natur-Pharma, and Natur-
Pharma became a wholly owned subsidiary of TLC. Natur-Pharma changed its name
to Twin Laboratories Inc. ("New Twin"). TLC's initial board of directors
consists of five of the Continuing Shareholders and three designees of GEI. A
majority of TLC's shareholders have the ability to elect a majority of its
directors. However, regardless of the composition of the board of directors,
pursuant to the terms of the TLC shareholders agreement, a wide range of
actions to be taken by TLC require the affirmative approval of both a majority
of the Continuing Shareholder directors and a majority of the GEI designee
directors. These actions include, but are not limited to, payment of certain
dividends, engagement in new businesses, acquisition of other businesses,
entering certain contracts, incurring certain debt or obligations, making
certain investments, relocation of executive offices, selection of location
and date of the annual shareholders meeting, termination or material
modification of any employee benefit plan, selection of auditors or legal
counsel, adoption or amendment of strategic plans or operating budgets, and
election or termination of any executive officers. In addition, certain
fundamental corporate actions, including but not limited to, amendments to the
certificate of incorporation, the     
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
   
sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, and the merger or
combination of the Company with another entity additionally require an
affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the issued and outstanding
stock of TLC. Such voting rights are generally effective until such time as
the common stock of TLC is publicly held. Because the transactions
contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement do not result in a change in control
as defined in Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 88-16, "Basis in Leveraged
Buyout Transactions" ("EITF 88-16"), the transactions were accounted for as a
recapitalization under the guidance of EITF 88-16 and the Companies'
historical basis of accounting were applied to the consolidated financial
statements of TLC. Upon consummation of the Acquisition Agreement, the
Companies terminated their S Corporation status.     
 
  Cumulative dividends on the preferred stock accrue at a rate of 14% per
annum (in the case of the senior preferred stock) and 11.25% per annum (in the
case of the junior preferred stock) and are payable quarterly, if declared by
the board of directors. Such dividends are payable in additional shares of
preferred stock (valued at the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share plus
accrued and unpaid dividends) unless the board of directors, upon a majority
vote of directors not affiliated with Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.,
determines that any such dividends will be paid in cash.
   
  The redemption price of the preferred stock, as well as the liquidation
preference, is $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The
preferred stock may be redeemed, in whole or in part, by TLC at any time,
except that (1) no partial redemption can be made by TLC unless all cumulative
dividends have been paid on all shares, (2) TLC may not redeem shares of
preferred stock at any time when it is making, or is required to make, an
offer to purchase preferred stock upon a change of control and (3) so long as
any shares of senior preferred stock are outstanding, no shares of junior
preferred stock may be redeemed without the consent of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares of senior preferred stock.     
   
  The preferred stock is subject to mandatory redemption, at the redemption
price, including accrued and unpaid dividends, eleven years after the issuance
thereof (in the case of the senior preferred stock) or twelve years after the
issuance thereof (in the case of the junior preferred stock). In addition,
upon a change in control TLC is required to offer to purchase the preferred
stock at 101 percent of the liquidation preference thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid dividends.     
 
  New Twin obtained additional financing necessary to effect the transactions
contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, repay certain existing indebtedness
of the Company, and pay the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
Acquisition Agreement through the incurrence of debt which totalled $153,000.
Such debt included: (1) borrowings of $53,000 under a term loan credit
facility provided by certain banks, financial institutions and other entities,
and (2) gross proceeds of $100,000 from the private placement of subordinated
debt. A six-year $15,000 revolving credit facility was also obtained from the
term loan lenders, to provide for working capital requirements.
 
  The term loan is payable in defined percentages over a six-year period.
Borrowings under the term loan and revolving credit facilities bear interest,
at the borrower's discretion, at either the Alternative Base Rate, as defined,
plus a margin of 1.25 percent, or at the Eurodollar Rate, as defined, plus a
margin of 2.5 percent. Such margins are subject to reduction based upon the
achievement of certain performance targets, as defined. New Twin also must pay
a commitment fee of .5 percent per annum (subject to reduction based on the
achievement of certain performance targets, as defined) on the average daily
unused portion of the revolving credit facility. These credit facilities are
secured by all tangible and intangible assets of New Twin and are subject to
certain restrictive covenants including, among other things, the maintenance
of defined levels of earnings and certain debt coverage rates, as well as
restrictions on additional indebtedness, dividends, investments and certain
other significant transactions.
 
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONCLUDED)

  The subordinated debt matures in ten years and bears interest at a rate of
10 1/4% per annum. The subordinated debt is callable after five years at a
premium to par which will decline to par after eight years. During the first
three years, New Twin has the option to redeem up to 35 percent of the
subordinated debt with the proceeds of a public offering at a redemption price
of 109 1/2%. Upon a change of control, as defined, New Twin is required to
offer to redeem the subordinated debt at 101 percent of the principal amount
plus accrued and unpaid interest. Restrictive covenants on the subordinated
debt include, among other things, limitations on additional indebtedness,
investments and certain other significant transactions.
   
  The subordinated debt is guaranteed by TLC and ARP. TLC had no assets or
liabilities until the consummation of the Acquisition Agreement. Summarized
financial information of ARP is as follows:     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ------------------------
                                                        1993     1994    1995
                                                       -------  ------- -------
      <S>                                              <C>      <C>     <C>
      Net sales.......................................  $3,188  $ 3,930 $ 5,200
      Net income (loss)...............................     (94)     466    (128)
      Total assets....................................     936    1,507   1,434
      Total shareholders' equity (deficit)............    (116)     350     222
</TABLE>
 
  The following unaudited pro forma results of operations assume the
transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement occurred as of January
1, 1995. The pro forma operations data has been prepared for comparative
purposes only and does not purport to represent what the Company's actual
results of operations would have been had the transactions contemplated by the
Acquisition Agreement in fact occurred at January 1, 1995.
 
<TABLE>       
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED     SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995  JUNE 30, 1996
                                              ----------------- ----------------
      <S>                                     <C>               <C>
      Net sales..............................     $148,735            $
      Interest expense.......................       15,684
      Net income.............................        9,418
</TABLE>    
          
  b. Proposed initial public offering--On June 4, 1996, TLC filed a
registration statement on Form S-1 in respect of an offering by TLC for sale
to the public (the "IPO") of shares of its common stock, $1.00 par value. The
registration statement states that the maximum aggregate offering price of the
securities to be registered is $130,000. The expected use of the net proceeds
of the IPO will be to redeem all of the outstanding shares of senior preferred
stock and all of the outstanding shares of junior preferred stock, which
together have an aggregate liquidation preference of $67,000 (plus accrued and
unpaid dividends thereon); and to prepay in full the $50,000 of remaining
outstanding indebtedness under the term loan facility, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon. The balance of the net proceeds of the IPO will be used for
general corporate purposes.     
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY IN-
FORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE UNDER-
WRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITA-
TION OF AN OFFER TO BUY THE SHARES OFFERED HEREBY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDIC-
TION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE
PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANY
PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL CREATE ANY IM-
PLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUB-
SEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                                 ------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
<S>                                                                         <C>
Additional Information....................................................    3
Prospectus Summary........................................................    4
Risk Factors..............................................................   10
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   17
Dividend Policy...........................................................   17
Dilution..................................................................   18
Capitalization............................................................   19
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
 Financial Data...........................................................   20
Selected Historical Financial Data........................................   26
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................   28
Business..................................................................   32
Management................................................................   46
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions............................   50
Principal Stockholders....................................................   52
Description of Certain Indebtedness.......................................   54
Description of Capital Stock..............................................   56
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................................   58
Certain United States Tax Consequences to Non-United States Holders.......   60
Underwriting .............................................................   62
Legal Matters.............................................................   65
Experts...................................................................   65
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................  F-1
</TABLE>    
 
                                 ------------
 
  UNTIL    , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS EF-
FECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO
THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS
AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                      SHARES
                              
                           TWINLAB CORPORATION     
 
                                 COMMON STOCK
 
                               ----------------
 
                                  PROSPECTUS
 
                               ----------------
 
                         DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
      SECURITIES CORPORATION
 
                                      , 1996
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                      [ALTERNATE INTERNATIONAL COVER PAGE]
                   
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 11, 1996     
 
PROSPECTUS
    , 1996
 
                                       SHARES
                               
                            TWINLAB CORPORATION     
                                  COMMON STOCK
   
  All of the     shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share (the "Common
Stock"), offered hereby are being sold by Twinlab Corporation ("TLC" or the
"Company"). Of the            shares of Common Stock offered by the Company,
          shares are initially being offered for sale outside the United States
and Canada by the International Managers (the "International Offering") and
           shares are initially being offered for sale in the United States and
Canada in a concurrent offering by the U.S. Underwriters (the "U.S. Offering,"
and together with the International Offering, the "Offerings"), subject to
transfers between the International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters. See
"Underwriting."     
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be
between $   and $   per share. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price.
   
  The Company has applied for listing of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market, Inc. under the symbol "TWLB."     
   
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 10 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN THE COMMON STOCK.     
 
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
   SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.   ANY
      REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      UNDERWRITING    PROCEEDS
                                          PRICE  TO   DISCOUNTS AND    TO THE
                                         THE PUBLIC  COMMISSIONS (1) COMPANY (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>             <C>
Per Share..............................    $              $             $
Total (3)..............................  $             $             $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the International Managers and the U.S.
    Underwriters (collectively, the "Underwriters") against certain
    liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $   .
(3) The Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters a 30-day option to
    purchase up to an aggregate of     additional shares of Common Stock on the
    same terms as set forth above solely for the purpose of covering over-
    allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total Price to
    the Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, and Proceeds to the
    Company will be $   , $   , and $   , respectively. See "Underwriting."
 
  The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters,
when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters against payment
therefor and subject to various prior conditions, including their right to
reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the
certificates representing the shares will be made in New York, New York, on or
about    , 1996.
 
                          DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                   SECURITIES CORPORATION
<PAGE>
 
                   [ALTERNATE INTERNATIONAL BACK COVER PAGE]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFOR-
MATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PRO-
SPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRIT-
ERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF
AN OFFER TO BUY THE SHARES OFFERED HEREBY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN
WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAK-
ING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANY PERSON TO
WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS
DATE.
 
  THERE ARE RESTRICTIONS ON THE OFFER AND SALE OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY IN THE UNITED KINGDOM. ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FINANCIAL SERV-
ICES ACT 1986 AND THE PUBLIC OFFERS OF SECURITIES REGULATIONS 1995 WITH RESPECT
TO ANYTHING DONE BY ANY PERSON IN RELATION TO THE COMMON STOCK IN, FROM OR OTH-
ERWISE INVOLVING THE UNITED KINGDOM MUST BE COMPLIED WITH. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
                                  ------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
<S>                                                                         <C>
Additional Information....................................................    3
Prospectus Summary........................................................    4
Risk Factors..............................................................   10
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   17
Dividend Policy...........................................................   17
Dilution..................................................................   18
Capitalization............................................................   19
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
 Financial Data...........................................................   20
Selected Historical Financial Data........................................   26
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................   28
Business..................................................................   32
Management................................................................   46
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions............................   50
Principal Stockholders....................................................   52
Description of Certain Indebtedness.......................................   54
Description of Capital Stock..............................................   56
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................................   58
Certain United States Tax Consequences to Non-United States...............   60
Underwriting .............................................................   62
Legal Matters.............................................................   65
Experts...................................................................   65
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................  F-1
</TABLE>    
 
                                  ------------
 
  UNTIL    , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS EF-
FECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO
THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS
AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                      SHARES
                               
                            TWINLAB CORPORATION     
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                ----------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                                ----------------
 
                          DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
      SECURITIES CORPORATION
 
                                      , 1996
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
  The Registrant estimates that expenses payable by the Registrant in
connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement (other
than the underwriting discounts and commissions) will be as follows:
 
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
                                                                         TOTAL
                                                                        -------
   <S>                                                                  <C>
   SEC registration fee (actual)....................................... $44,828
   NASD filing fee (actual)............................................  13,500
   Nasdaq National Market filing fee (actual)..........................      *
   Blue Sky fees and expenses (including counsel fees).................      *
   Accounting fees and expenses........................................      *
   Legal fees and expenses.............................................      *
   Printing and engraving expenses.....................................      *
   Transfer Agent and Registrar fees and expenses......................      *
   Miscellaneous expenses..............................................      *
                                                                        -------
     Total.............................................................    $ *
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>    
- --------
* To be completed by amendment.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
  Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation
Law (the "DGCL"), which permits a corporation in its certificate of
incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal
liability of a director for violations of the director's fiduciary duty,
except (i) for any breach of the director's fiduciary duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith
or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii)
pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for
unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or
(iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit. The Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
contains provisions permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.
 
  Reference is made to Section 145 of the DGCL which provides that a
corporation may indemnify any persons, including directors and officers, who
are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or
completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of
such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving
at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent
of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding, provided such director, officer, employee or agent
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the corporation's best interests and, with respect to any criminal
actions or proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct
was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify directors and/or officers
in an action or suit by or in the right of the corporation under the same
conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial
approval if the director or officer is adjudged to be liable to the
corporation. Where a director or officer is successful on the merits or
otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must
indemnify him or her against the expenses which such director or officer
actually and reasonably incurred.
 
  The Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and its
By-laws filed as Exhibit 3.1 and 3.2 respectively, to this Registration
Statement provide for the indemnification of directors and officers of the
Registrant to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
  Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this
Registration Statement, the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify the
directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain
civil liabilities that may be incurred in connection with the Offering,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act").
   
  The Registrant maintains liability insurance for each director and officer
for certain losses arising from claims or charges made against them while
acting in their capacities as directors or officers of the Registrant.     
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
   
  On May 7, 1996, Twin Laboratories Inc. sold $100,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of its 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Old Notes") to
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ") and Chase
Securities Inc. ("Chase," collectively the "Initial Notes Purchasers") for
$100,000,000 in cash (less the Initial Notes Purchasers' discount of
$3,000,000). Of the total amount sold, DLJ purchased $60,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the Old Notes and Chase purchased $40,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the Old Notes. Such securities were sold in a transaction
that was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
       
  On May 7, 1996, TLC sold an aggregate of 30,000 shares of its 14% Non-Voting
Senior Cumulative Preferred Stock to five investors (the "Initial Senior
Preferred Stock Purchasers") for $30,000,000 in cash. Such securities were
sold in transactions that were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act.     
   
  On May 7, 1996, TLC sold 37,000 shares of its 11.25% Non-Voting Junior
Cumulative Preferred Stock to Green Equity Investors II, L.P. ("GEI II") for
$37,000,000 in cash. Such securities were sold in a transaction that was
exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.     
   
  On May 7, 1996, TLC sold 70,000 shares of its Common Stock to the Initial
Senior Preferred Stock Purchasers for $700,000 in cash. Such securities were
sold in transactions that were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act.     
   
  On May 7, 1996, TLC sold 480,000 shares of its Common Stock to GEI II for an
aggregate of $4,800,000 in cash. Such securities were sold in a transaction
that was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
       
  On May 7, 1996, TLC sold an aggregate of 450,000 shares of its Common Stock
valued at $4,500,000 to certain members of its senior management in exchange
for certain of their shares of common stock of Natur-Pharma Inc. Such
securities were sold in transactions that were exempt from registration under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act promulgated thereunder.     
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
  (a) Exhibits:
 
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT
     NO.                              DESCRIPTION
   -------                            -----------
   <C>     <S>
    1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.***
    2.1    Form of Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 5,
           1996, among David Blechman, Jean Blechman, Brian Blechman, Neil
           Blechman, Ross Blechman, Steve Blechman, Dean Blechman, Stephen
           Welling, the Registrant, Natur-Pharma Inc. and Green Equity
           Investors II, L.P. ("GEI II") (the "Stock Purchase and Sale
           Agreement").*
    2.1.1  Form of Amendment to the Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated
           May 6, 1996.*
    3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
           Registrant.*
    3.2    Form of By-laws of the Registrant.*
</TABLE>    
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT
     NO.                                DESCRIPTION
   -------                              -----------
   <C>     <S>
    4.1    Specimen form of stock certificate for Common Stock.***
    4.2    Indenture, dated May 7, 1996, among Twin Laboratories Inc. ("Twin"),
           Advanced Research Press, Inc. ("ARP"), the Registrant (together with
           ARP, the "Guarantors") and Fleet National Bank, as Trustee,
           Registrar, Paying Agent and Securities Agent, regarding Twin's 10
           1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006.*
    4.3    Form of Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, among
           Twin, the Registrant, the financial institutions named therein,
           Chemical Bank as Administrative Agent and The Bank of New York as
           Documentation Agent.*
    5.1    Opinion re Legality of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel.***
   10.1    Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, among
           the Registrant, Twin, and ARP in favor of Chemical Bank, as
           Administrative Agent.*
   10.2    Form of Term Note.*
   10.3    Form of Revolving Credit Note.*
   10.4    Form of Swing Line Note.*
   10.5    Form of Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, from the
           Registrant to Chemical Bank, as Administrative Agent.*
   10.6    Form of Deed of Trust, dated May 7, 1996, from Twin to First
           American Title Company of Utah, Trustee for the use and benefit of
           Chemical Bank, as Administrative Agent, Beneficiary.*
   10.8    Stockholders Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, among Brian Blechman,
           Neil Blechman, Ross Blechman, Steve Blechman, Dean Blechman and
           Stephen Welling, the Registrant and GEI.*
   10.9    Secondary Stockholders Agreement among Brian Blechman, Neil
           Blechman, Ross Blechman, Steve Blechman, Dean Blechman and Stephen
           Welling, the Registrant, GEI, DLJ Investment Funding, Inc., DLJ
           Investment Partners, L.P., Chase Equity Associates, L.P., PMI
           Mezzanine Fund, L.P. and State Treasurer of the State of Michigan,
           Custodian of the Michigan Public School Employees' Retirement
           System, State Employees' Retirement System, Michigan State Police
           Retirement System, and Michigan Judges Retirement System.*
   10.10   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Brian
           Blechman.*
   10.11   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Neil
           Blechman.*
   10.12   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Ross
           Blechman.*
   10.13   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Steve
           Blechman.*
   10.14   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Dean
           Blechman.*
   10.15   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Stephen
           Welling.*
   10.16   Consulting Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and David
           Blechman.*
   10.17   Consulting Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Jean
           Blechman.*
   10.18   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
           and
           David Blechman.*
   10.19   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
           and
           Jean Blechman.*
   10.20   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
           and
           Brian Blechman.*
</TABLE>    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT
     NO.                                DESCRIPTION
   -------                              -----------
   <C>     <S>
   10.21   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
           and
           Neil Blechman.*
   10.22   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
           and
           Ross Blechman.*
   10.23   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
           and
           Steve Blechman.*
   10.24   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
           and
           Dean Blechman.*
   10.25   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
           and
           Stephen Welling.*
   10.26   Management Services Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and
           Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.*
   10.27   Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, among Twin,
           Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and Chase
           Securities Inc.*
   10.28   Form of Restated Standard Indemnity Agreement, dated August 1992,
           between Twin Laboratories Inc. and Showa Denko America, Inc.**
   10.29   Form of SDR Guaranty Agreement, dated August 1992, between Twin
           Laboratories Inc. and Showa Denko K.K.**
   21.1    List of Registrant's Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, dated June
           25, 1996, filed by Twin).
   23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.**
   23.4    Consent of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel (to be contained in the
           opinion to be filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
   27      Financial Data Schedule.***
</TABLE>    
- --------
  * Previously filed.
 ** Filed herewith.
*** To be filed by Amendment.
 
  (b) Financial Statement Schedule
 
  (i) Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
  All other schedules are omitted because the required information is not
present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the
schedule or because the information required is included in the consolidated
financial statements or notes therein.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the
payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the Common Stock covered hereby, the
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
      information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
      Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
      form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
      or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of
      this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
      each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
      be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
      offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
      be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE
REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AMENDMENT TO BE
SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THERETO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY
OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK, ON JULY 11, 1996.     
                                             
                                          TWINLAB CORPORATION     
 
                                                     /s/ Ross Blechman
                                          By: _________________________________
                                               ROSS BLECHMAN CHAIRMAN OF THE
                                            BOARD, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
                                                         PRESIDENT
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement or amendment has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
              SIGNATURE                      TITLE(S)                DATE
 
          /s/ Ross Blechman            Chairman of the             
- -------------------------------------   Board, Chief            July 11, 1996
            ROSS BLECHMAN               Executive Officer,               
                                        President and
                                        Director (Principal
                                        Executive Officer)
 
          /s/ Neil Blechman            Executive Vice              
- -------------------------------------   President and           July 11, 1996
            NEIL BLECHMAN               Director                         
 
         /s/ Brian Blechman            Executive Vice              
- -------------------------------------   President and           July 11, 1996
           BRIAN BLECHMAN               Director (Principal              
                                        Financial and
                                        Accounting Officer)
 
         /s/ Steve Blechman            Executive Vice              
- -------------------------------------   President and           July 11, 1996
           STEVE BLECHMAN               Director                         
 
          /s/ Dean Blechman            Executive Vice              
- -------------------------------------   President and           July 11, 1996
            DEAN BLECHMAN               Director                         
 
      /s/ Jonathan D. Sokoloff               Director              
- -------------------------------------                           July 11, 1996
        JONATHAN D. SOKOLOFF                                             
 
         /s/ John G. Danhakl                 Director              
- -------------------------------------                           July 11, 1996
           JOHN G. DANHAKL                                               
 
     /s/ Jennifer Holden Dunbar              Director              
- -------------------------------------                           July 11, 1996
       JENNIFER HOLDEN DUNBAR                                            
 
 
                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
                      
                   TWINLAB CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES     
 
                 SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        COLUMN A           COLUMN B        COLUMN C         COLUMN D  COLUMN E
        --------          ---------- --------------------- ---------- ---------
                                           ADDITIONS
                                     ---------------------
                                                CHARGED TO
                          BALANCE AT CHARGED TO   OTHER                BALANCE
                          BEGINNING   COST AND   ACCOUNTS  DEDUCTIONS AT END OF
      DESCRIPTIONS        OF PERIOD   EXPENSES  - DESCRIBE - DESCRIBE  PERIOD
      ------------        ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S>                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 1995:
Allowance for bad debts..    $ 63       $169       $--        $ 55(1)   $177
                             ====       ====       ===        ====      ====
Reserve for excess and       $100       $415       $--        $ --      $515
 slow moving inventory...    ====       ====       ===        ====      ====
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 1994:
Allowance for bad debts..    $123       $(59)      $--        $  1(1)   $ 63
                             ====       ====       ===        ====      ====
Reserve for excess and       $--        $100       $--        $ --      $100
 slow moving inventory...    ====       ====       ===        ====      ====
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 1993:
Allowance for bad debts..    $126       $--        $--        $  3(1)   $123
                             ====       ====       ===        ====      ====
Reserve for excess and       $--        $--        $--        $--       $--
 slow moving inventory...    ====       ====       ===        ====      ====
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Amounts written off.
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                 DESCRIPTION
 -------                               -----------
 <C>     <S>
  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.***
  2.1    Form of Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 5, 1996,
         among David Blechman, Jean Blechman, Brian Blechman, Neil Blechman,
         Ross Blechman, Steve Blechman, Dean Blechman, Stephen Welling, the
         Registrant, Natur-Pharma Inc. and Green Equity Investors II, L.P.
         ("GEI II") (the "Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement").*
  2.1.1  Form of Amendment to the Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated May
         6, 1996.*
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
         Registrant.*
  3.2    Form of By-laws of the Registrant.*
  4.1    Specimen form of stock certificate for Common Stock.***
  4.2    Indenture, dated May 7, 1996, among Twin Laboratories Inc. ("Twin"),
         Advanced Research Press, Inc. ("ARP"), the Registrant (together with
         ARP, the "Guarantors") and Fleet National Bank, as Trustee, Registrar,
         Paying Agent and Securities Agent, regarding Twin's 10 1/4% Senior
         Subordinated Notes due 2006.*
  4.3    Form of Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, among Twin,
         the Registrant, the financial institutions named therein, Chemical
         Bank as Administrative Agent and The Bank of New York as Documentation
         Agent.*
  5.1    Opinion re Legality of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel.***
 10.1    Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, among
         the Registrant, Twin, and ARP in favor of Chemical Bank, as
         Administrative Agent.*
 10.2    Form of Term Note.*
 10.3    Form of Revolving Credit Note.*
 10.4    Form of Swing Line Note.*
 10.5    Form of Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, from the
         Registrant to Chemical Bank, as Administrative Agent.*
 10.6    Form of Deed of Trust, dated May 7, 1996, from Twin to First American
         Title Company of Utah, Trustee for the use and benefit of Chemical
         Bank, as Administrative Agent, Beneficiary.*
 10.8    Stockholders Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, among Brian Blechman, Neil
         Blechman, Ross Blechman, Steve Blechman, Dean Blechman and Stephen
         Welling, the Registrant and GEI.*
 10.9    Secondary Stockholders Agreement among Brian Blechman, Neil Blechman,
         Ross Blechman, Steve Blechman, Dean Blechman and Stephen Welling, the
         Registrant, GEI, DLJ Investment Funding, Inc., DLJ Investment
         Partners, L.P., Chase Equity Associates, L.P., PMI Mezzanine Fund,
         L.P. and State Treasurer of the State of Michigan, Custodian of the
         Michigan Public School Employees' Retirement System, State Employees'
         Retirement System, Michigan State Police Retirement System, and
         Michigan Judges Retirement System.*
 10.10   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Brian
         Blechman.*
 10.11   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Neil
         Blechman.*
 10.12   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Ross
         Blechman.*
 10.13   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Steve
         Blechman.*
 10.14   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Dean
         Blechman.*
 10.15   Employment Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Stephen
         Welling.*
 10.16   Consulting Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and David
         Blechman.*
 10.17   Consulting Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and Jean
         Blechman.*
</TABLE>    
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                 DESCRIPTION
 -------                               -----------
 <C>     <S>
 10.18   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
         and
         David Blechman.*
 10.19   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
         and
         Jean Blechman.*
 10.20   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
         and
         Brian Blechman.*
 10.21   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
         and
         Neil Blechman.*
 10.22   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
         and
         Ross Blechman.*
 10.23   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
         and
         Steve Blechman.*
 10.24   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
         and
         Dean Blechman.*
 10.25   Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between the Registrant
         and
         Stephen Welling.*
 10.26   Management Services Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, between Twin and
         Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.*
 10.27   Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 7, 1996, among Twin,
         Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and Chase
         Securities Inc.*
 10.28   Form of Restated Standard Indemnity Agreement, dated August 1992,
         between Twin Laboratories Inc. and Showa Denko America, Inc.**
 10.29   Form of SDR Guaranty Agreement, dated August 1992, between Twin
         Laboratories Inc. and Showa Denko K.K.**
 21.1    List of Registrant's Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to
         Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, dated June 25,
         1996, filed by Twin).
 23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.**
 23.4    Consent of Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel (to be contained in the
         opinion to be filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
 27      Financial Data Schedule.***
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
  * Previously filed.     
   
 ** Filed herewith.     
   
*** To be filed by Amendment.     
 

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.28


Restated Standard Indemnity Agreement                CONFIDENTIAL
                                                     ------------

                                   AGREEMENT
                                   ---------

          THIS AGREEMENT, dated August _______, 1992, by and between Showa Denko
America, Inc. ("SDA"), and Twin Laboratories, Inc. (which, together with the
subsidiaries listed on Attachment 1 hereto, are referred to collectively as the
"Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

          WHEREAS, the Company has manufactured, sold, and/or distributed
products containing L-tryptophan ("LTCPs"), some or all of which may have
contained L-tryptophan ("LT") sold by SDA; and

          WHEREAS, claims have been asserted and lawsuits have been instituted
against SDA, the Company, and/or direct or indirect customers of the Company for
whom the Company is or may become responsible to provide a defense (individually
a "Secured Customer" and collectively the "Secured Customers"), alleging that
one or more of them is liable for personal injuries arising from ingestion of
LTCPs manufactured, sold, or distributed by the Company; and

          WHEREAS, in partial settlement of the Company's claim for
indemnification against SDA arising from SDA's sale of LT to the Company, or to
an entity from which the Company may have purchased, without any admission of
liability by SDA or by the Company with respect to the claims between them or
against them, SDA and the 
<PAGE>
 
Company wish to provide for their respective responsibilities for the defense of
such claims and for the payment of judgments and settlements in respect of such
claims as provided in this Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, the Company is unwilling to enter into this Agreement unless
Showa Denko K.K., a Japanese company ("SDK"), enters into a Guaranty Agreement
with the Company substantially in the form annexed to this Agreement as
Attachment 2;

NOW, THEREFORE:

          1.  This Agreement shall apply to all claims, whether in litigation or
not, alleging liability for personal injuries arising from the ingestion of
LTCPs manufactured, sold, or distributed by the Company asserted against SDA,
the Company, and/or Secured Customers, or against any one or more of them,
whether on, before, or after the date hereof (except as specifically provided
herein). Each such claim is hereinafter referred to individually as a "Claim,"
and all such claims are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Claims."
Each person asserting a Claim is hereinafter referred to individually as a
"Claimant" and all such persons are hereinafter referred to collectively as the
"Claimants."

          2.  SDA agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from and
against any obligation (whether direct or by virtue of any 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
obligation to a Secured Customer or any cross-claim, third-party claim, claim
for contribution or indemnification, or otherwise) to make payment of any
settlement or judgment for damages in favor of any person in respect of a Claim
where the LTCPs allegedly ingested by the Claimant or Claimants making such
Claim contained LT sold by SDA, as follows:
          (a) If a proximate cause of the personal injuries giving rise to
          liability, as determined on the basis of a preponderance of the
          evidence, including but not limited to epidemiological, chemical, and
          medical evidence, was a constituent of the LT product sold by SDA or
          was a factor for which SDK, SDA or any other company or other entity
          controlling, controlled by or under common control with SDA (SDK and
          each such other company or other entity, an "SDA Affiliate") was
          responsible, then, subject to subparagraph (b) below, SDA shall be
          solely responsible for the Company's payment obligations, whether
          direct or indirect as noted above, in respect of such settlement or
          judgment;
          (b) If a proximate cause of the personal injuries giving rise to
          liability, as determined on the basis of a preponderance of the
          evidence, including but not limited to epidemiological, chemical, and
          medical evidence, was (i) the sale of LT, or of an LTCP for which the
          recommended daily dosage contained more than 100 mg. of LT, by the
          Company or by any Secured Customer subsequent to March 17, 1990, or
          (ii) the sale of an LTCP for which the recommended daily dosage
          contained 100 mg. or less 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
          of LT by the Company or by any Secured Customer subsequent to May 23,
          1990, or (iii) the addition of any substance to, or tampering with,
          any LT or an LTCP while that LT or LTCP was in the possession, custody
          or control of the Company or any Secured Customer (each such sale,
          addition or tampering, an "Exclusion Event"), then SDA and the Company
          shall seek to reach agreement regarding the Company's responsibility,
          if any, for payment in respect of said settlement or such judgment as
          is fair under all the circumstances;
          (c) If SDA and the Company are unable to agree on the matters which
          are the subject of the provisions of subparagraphs (a) or (b) above,
          then SDA and the Company shall submit the matter to binding
          arbitration as specified in paragraph 15 hereof;
          (d) Either SDA or the Company may make any payment contemplated under
          this paragraph 2 without prejudice to its right to seek reimbursement
          from the other under the procedures set forth in paragraph 15;
          (e) Each of the Company and SDA agrees that it will provide prompt
          notice to the other if it learns of the existence of any Exclusion
          Event (each such notice, an "Notice of Exclusion"), it being agreed,
          however, that a failure by SDA or the Company to provide such notice
          shall not (i) be deemed to constitute a material breach of this
          Agreement or (ii) result in any change in the rights or obligations of
          SDA or the Company pursuant to this Agreement, including without
          limitation their respective rights and obligations under or 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
          arising by virtue of subparagraph (b) above. A Notice of Exclusion of
          any Claim shall be null and void and of no effect unless provided
          prior to the earlier to occur of (i) sixty (60) days prior to the date
          of the commencement of the earliest to occur of the trial, arbitration
          or mediation of such Claim and (ii) thirty (30) days prior to any
          settlement of such Claim.
          (f) Any Notice of Exclusion pursuant to this paragraph shall be made
          in the manner provided in paragraph 19 (which paragraph specifies the
          party to whom and the place notice is to be delivered).

          3.  SDA agrees (i) to designate Citibank, N.A., or another bank
mutually acceptable to the parties as the disbursement agent (the "Disbursement
Agent") pursuant to a Disbursement Agent Agreement substantially in the form
annexed to this Agreement as Attachment 3 (such agreement, or any replacement
thereof substantially in such form, the "Disbursement Agent Agreement") and (ii)
to maintain the Disbursement Agent Agreement in effect during the term of this
Agreement. In support of its payment obligations hereunder and under similar
agreements with other customers of SDA, SDA has delivered to the Disbursement
Agent an irrevocable standby letter of credit in favor of the Disbursement Agent
pursuant to the terms of the Disbursement Agent Agreement in the amount of
Twenty Million US Dollars ($20,000,000) substantially in the form of the letter
of credit annexed as Exhibit B to the Disbursement Agent Agreement. If amounts
are drawn on the letter of credit, SDA during 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
the term of this Agreement will cause an amendment or supplement to the letter
of credit or a new letter of credit to be delivered to the Disbursement Agent
providing for a restored limit of Twenty Million US Dollars ($20,000,000) within
thirty (30) days after such drawing. During the term of this Agreement, no later
than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of any letter of credit (as
it may have been extended from time to time), SDA will deliver to the
Disbursement Agent a renewal of the letter of credit for a term of at least two
years or a substitute letter of credit for such term.

          The Company shall be a Beneficiary within the meaning of the
Disbursement Agent Agreement, but only so long as (i) this Agreement remains in
effect and to the extent provided in this Agreement or (ii) the Company
otherwise remains entitled to the benefits of the Disbursement Agent Agreement
under paragraph 16 of this Agreement. The Company acknowledges that other direct
and indirect customers of SDA will have equal rights as Beneficiaries under the
Disbursement Agent Agreement.

          The Company acknowledges (i) that any claim by it to the benefits of
the Disbursement Agent Agreement must be submitted and administered in strict
compliance with the following procedures, (ii) that the Company has no right to
receive, and the Disbursement Agent has no authority to make, payments by the
Disbursement Agent or draws under the letter of credit unless the claim has been
certified for payment to the Disbursement Agent by the Verification Agent
hereafter referred to, and (iii) that it may claim payment 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
hereunder only as long as this Agreement remains in effect or the Company
otherwise remains entitled to benefits under paragraph 16 hereof.

          The procedures for submission and review of any claim by the Company
shall be the following:
          (a) The Verification Agent shall be a mutually acceptable lawyer
          independent of the parties. If such Verification Agent or any
          successor shall die or resign or otherwise become unable or cease to
          continue to act as such, SDA, after consultation with the Company and
          the parties to any other similar agreements with SDA, shall appoint a
          successor Verification Agent, who shall be a lawyer independent of the
          parties. The Verification Agent will act independently and impartially
          on behalf of both parties in reviewing claims for payment and
          certifying amounts to the Disbursement Agent for payment and shall use
          professional care in the performance of his function. The Verification
          Agent shall not be liable to either party for determinations made by
          him in good faith and with due care even though such determinations
          subsequently are held to be erroneous.  The Verification Agent shall
          have no duties except to SDA, the Company, and the parties other than
          SDA to agreements similar to this Agreement (such parties being
          referred to in the Disbursement Agent Agreement as Beneficiaries).
          Persons asserting Claims, plaintiffs with judgments against any of
          SDA, the Company, or Secured Customers, and Secured Customers shall
          have no right to assert 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
          any third-party beneficiary relationship against the Verification
          Agent or any claim to payment from the Disbursement Agent under this
          Agreement, except that any Secured Customer that has entered into a
          separate indemnification agreement between itself and SDA entitling it
          to do so may directly exercise its rights as a Beneficiary under the
          Disbursement Agent Agreement pursuant to such separate indemnification
          agreement. The Company shall have no responsibility for any part of
          the fees and expenses of the Verification Agent or the Disbursement
          Agent.
          (b) If a judgment for money damages is entered against the Company or
          its Secured Customer, or a settlement amount is reduced to a judgment
          enforceable against the Company or its Secured Customer, as to which
          the Company contends that SDA is required to make payment pursuant to
          paragraph 2 hereof, the Company may give written notice thereof (the
          "Payment Request Notice") to SDA and to the Verification Agent setting
          forth a brief statement of the basis for its contention, accompanied
          by a certified copy of the judgment, together with evidence that the
          judgment has become enforceable against the judgment debtor under
          applicable law. If SDA does not respond in the terms permitted by
          subparagraph (c) hereof within ten (10) business days of the receipt
          by it of the Payment Request Notice, the Verification Agent, subject
          only to his review of relevant documents and his verification of any
          pertinent additional circumstances, shall certify the amount claimed
          to 

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
          the Disbursement Agent for payment pursuant to the provisions of
          the Disbursement Agent Agreement.

          (c) In response to a Payment Request Notice, SDA may

               (1) acknowledge to the Company and the Verification Agent its
          obligation hereunder to pay part or all of the amount claimed, in
          which event the Verification Agent shall forthwith certify the amount
          or such part thereof, as the case may be, to the Disbursement Agent
          for payment pursuant to the provisions of the Disbursement Agent
          Agreement, and any portion of such claim as to which SDA does not
          acknowledge its obligation hereunder to pay shall be governed by
          clause (3) of this subparagraph (c);

               (2) state that it proposes to take effective steps to stay or
          suspend the enforcement of such judgment pending post-trial
          applications or appeal, including the posting of any bond or other
          security required for that purpose, in which event, provided that the
          Verification Agent is satisfied that such stay or suspension has been
          effected within five (5) business days after notice to SDA and the
          Verification Agent from the Company of an attempted enforcement of
          such judgment against the Company, further action by the Verification
          Agent in respect of such judgment shall be deferred until such stay or
          suspension expires; or

               (3) object to payment of part or all of the amount requested,
          stating briefly its grounds of objection and that it intends to submit
          its contentions in arbitration pursuant 

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
          to paragraph 15 hereof and SDA agrees to use its best efforts to
          expedite any such arbitration, to select its arbitrator promptly
          pursuant to the applicable procedures and to cause such person to
          select the neutral arbitrator expeditiously, and to have the
          arbitration held no later than 180 days after submission of the matter
          to arbitration. If SDA submits the matter to arbitration within thirty
          (30) days of its response, the liability of SDA, if any, shall be
          determined by the decision of the arbitrators. If the arbitrators
          award an amount to the Company, then the Verification Agent shall
          certify the sum so awarded by the arbitrators to the Disbursement
          Agent for payment pursuant to the provisions of the Disbursement Agent
          Agreement. If in subsequent proceedings in conformity with the CPR
          Rules (as defined in paragraph 15) and the U.S. Arbitration Act the
          award of the arbitrators is overturned and it is determined that the
          amount awarded by the arbitrators and paid by the Disbursement Agent
          to or on behalf of the Company exceeds the amount that was properly
          owed by SDA, then the Company agrees to pay promptly such excess
          amount plus interest at the legal rate. If the Company shall commence
          judicial proceedings to review a decision of the arbitrators, the
          Verification Agent shall certify to the Disbursement Agent for payment
          the amount determined in such judicial proceedings to be due from SDA.
          If SDA shall object to payment of less than all the amount claimed by
          the Company, then the Verification Agent shall proceed, as to the
          balance

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
          claimed, pursuant to clause (1) of this subparagraph (c).
          (d) If SDA in response to a Payment Request Notice objects to payment
          of part or all of the amount requested by the Company, so that the
          Verification Agent cannot certify to the Disbursement Agent a payment
          to be made in full satisfaction of the judgment, then the Company may
          elect to require such a full payment by SDA notwithstanding its
          objection by (i) giving notice to the Verification Agent of such
          election not later than ten (10) business days after receipt of SDA's
          objection, including therewith evidence acceptable to the Verification
          Agent demonstrating the Company's compliance with the Escrow
          Requirement, and (ii) satisfying the Escrow Requirement, as
          hereinafter defined, with respect to all that part of the judgment as
          to which SDA made objection. Promptly upon receipt of such timely
          notice with such evidence, the Verification Agent shall certify the
          amount to which SDA objected to the Disbursement Agent for payment
          pursuant to the provisions of the Disbursement Agent Agreement. To
          exercise this election, the Company must deposit a sum of money in an
          amount equal to all that part of the judgment to which SDA made
          objection in an interest-bearing escrow account with a substantial
          mutually acceptable bank and execute an escrow agreement in standard
          form (the "Escrow Agreement") with said bank for the benefit of SDA
          (the "Escrow Requirement"). If the Company exercises this election,
          then SDA will submit the dispute to arbitration within thirty (30)
          days as provided in

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
          subparagraph 3(c)(3) above. The Escrow Agreement shall provide that
          the deposited escrow funds, with interest earnings net after escrow
          fees thereon, will be released by the escrow agent to the parties as
          their interests may appear pursuant to and in accordance with the
          award of the arbitrators on the dispute as to such amount to which SDA
          made objection, or as otherwise directed in a writing signed by both
          SDA and the Company. If the award is overturned in any subsequent
          proceedings (as above provided), and it is determined that either SDA
          or the Company received an amount from the escrow larger than that to
          which it was entitled, then the party receiving such excess agrees to
          pay promptly such excess amount, plus the attributable share of the
          net interest earnings on the amount that it received, plus interest at
          the legal rate accruing after the escrow distribution, to the party
          determined to be entitled thereto.
          (e) In any case in which the Verification Agent is required to verify
          the appropriateness of payment of an amount claimed by the Company,
          the Verification Agent shall promptly review the documents submitted
          and conduct such further investigation, if any, of additional facts
          and circumstances as he determines to be appropriate. SDA and the
          Company shall cooperate fully in any such investigation and shall
          respond to inquiries from the Verification Agent and provide
          explanations within two (2) business days of any such inquiry. The
          Company shall use its best efforts to cause any Secured Customer to

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
          cooperate in like manner. Whenever he deems it appropriate, the
          Verification Agent may seek information by conference telephone calls
          with counsel for the parties, and the parties agree to cause their
          respective counsel to cooperate fully with the Verification Agent for
          that purpose, subject to the maintenance of any privilege. 

                    (f) At the request of either party, the Verification Agent
          may require that procedures be followed to assure that a payment from
          the Disbursement Agent will be applied solely to payment of the
          judgment or arbitral award as to which claim has been made, and for no
          other purpose. These procedures may include a direction to the
          Disbursement Agent to issue a check directly to the order of a
          judgment plaintiff against delivery of a satisfaction of the judgment
          and release of the defendant or defendants against which the judgment
          or portion thereof being paid was entered, satisfactory to counsel for
          the parties.

          4.  SDA shall have no obligation to indemnify for or to make any
payments in respect of any judgment or part of a judgment (i) for damages caused
by the intentional tort of the Company or any Secured Customer, (ii) for
punitive damages attributable to conduct of the Company or any Secured Customer,
(iii) for civil or criminal penalties, or (iv) for any award of multiple damages
caused by the intentional misconduct or violations of law by the Company or by
any Secured Customer; but SDA's obligation to indemnify shall apply to the
extent that the Company's or any Secured Customer's 

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
liability for such damages or penalties is attributable solely to the acts or
the failure to act of SDA or of any SDA Affiliate. However, nothing in the
preceding sentence shall constitute a waiver of any rights that the Company or a
Secured Customer may have under common law or statute to seek indemnification or
contribution from SDA or any affiliate thereof in respect of damages or
penalties of a type specifically described in the preceding sentence that are
imposed upon the Company or the Secured Customer, subject to the provisions of
paragraphs 14 and 15. SDA shall not be obligated to make any payments in respect
of a default judgment on a Claim against the Company or any Secured Customer
unless SDA or counsel retained by SDA was responsible for defense of the Claim
in litigation at the time of default. SDA shall have no obligation under this
Agreement to pay for any settlement of any Claim entered into by the Company or
any Secured Customer prior to the date of this Agreement, but SDA may agree to
accept such obligation in a separate agreement in writing.

          5.  The parties hereto agree that the Company shall use best efforts
to secure the compliance of its Secured Customers with the provisions of this
Agreement that pertain to them. Failure of such compliance on the part of a
Secured Customer that adversely affects the ability of SDA to conduct a defense
against any Claim shall be a basis for SDA to withhold the benefits of this
Agreement from such Secured Customer with respect to such Claim, but shall not
be a basis for SDA to withhold the benefits of this Agreement from the Company
except as expressly provided in the last sentence of 

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
paragraph 6(b), paragraph 9(d), or the third sentence of paragraph 14 of the
Agreement.

          6.  (a) SDA shall pay the legal fees and expenses as incurred in, and
shall be entitled to supervise and direct, the defense of any Claims which fall
within the provisions of this Agreement made against SDA, the Company, or any
Secured Customer including, without limitation, any Claim presented to any
court, administrative body, other tribunal, or otherwise and including the
negotiation of settlement of any Claim before or after such presentation.
               (b) The Company hereby consents to be jointly represented with
          SDA by common counsel selected by SDA (such common counsel, so
          selected, "Common Counsel") in respect of any Claim where SDA, in its
          sole discretion, deems it advisable to retain such Common Counsel. The
          Company will use best efforts to obtain the consent of each Secured
          Customer involved in the Claim to such joint representation. SDA shall
          be responsible for all fees and disbursements of such Common Counsel
          as they are incurred. SDA and the Company agree promptly to enter into
          a common representation agreement or agreements substantially in the
          form annexed to this Agreement as Attachment 4 (and the Company will
          use best efforts to cause any involved Secured Customers to become
          parties thereto) providing for the retention of Common Counsel on a
          Claim-by-Claim basis, which agreements shall provide for the waiver of
          any conflicts of interest that may exist. SDA shall 

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
 
          have no obligation to defend any Secured Customer who shall refuse to
          agree to a request for such common representation, and SDA shall have
          no obligation to make payment hereunder to the extent that such
          payment obligation is in respect of a Claim against a Secured Customer
          who refused to participate in the common defense against such Claim.
               (c) If the Company or SDA shall terminate this Agreement, and SDA
          is not then in default of its obligations under the provisions of
          paragraph 3 above, then the terminating party shall withdraw from
          representation by Common Counsel; provided, however, that in the event
                                            --------  -------                   
          SDA terminates this Agreement pursuant to the second sentence of
          paragraph 16 of this Agreement, the Company will be deemed to have
          withdrawn from all applicable common representation agreements and to
          have consented to the continued representation by Common Counsel of
          SDA and all other parties to any common representation agreement in
          respect of any Claims. Except as set forth in the immediately
          preceding proviso, the Company and SDA each hereby expressly agrees
          that the non-terminating party may continue to be represented by
          Common Counsel. The Company and SDA each waives any conflicts of
          interest that continued representation of the other party by Common
          Counsel in accordance with this Agreement might otherwise entail. If
          SDA is in default of its obligations under the provisions of paragraph
          3 above, and if the Company or SDA shall terminate this Agreement,
          then at the Company's request SDA shall 

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
 
          withdraw from representation by Common Counsel, and each party hereby
          expressly agrees that the Company and the Secured Customers may
          continue to be represented by Common Counsel and waives any conflicts
          of interest that such representation might otherwise entail. If the
          Company terminates this Agreement or if SDA terminates this Agreement
          pursuant to the provisions of the second sentence of paragraph 16, SDA
          shall have no further obligation to defend Secured Customers under
          this Agreement.
               (d) Nothing herein shall preclude SDA, the Company, or any
          Secured Customer from retaining separate counsel in respect of any
          Claim, but the party retaining separate counsel shall instruct such
          separate counsel to cooperate with SDA's counsel unless it is
          prejudicial to do so, and a party retaining separate counsel shall be
          responsible for payment of the fees and disbursements of its separate
          counsel unless otherwise agreed by SDA.
               (e) At the request of the Company, SDA will pay the reasonable
          fees, costs and disbursements of one national coordinating counsel for
          the Company, who shall also be responsible for contact with each of
          the Company's Secured Customers. If the Company shall have retained
          national coordinating counsel, then SDA will use best efforts to
          consult with such counsel regarding the selection of counsel for
          particular cases and regarding important decisions in the litigation.
          SDA will instruct Common Counsel (i) to provide 

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
 
          such national coordinating counsel, on a timely basis, copies of all
          pleadings, discovery, and status reports and material correspondence
          so that such national coordinating counsel will be kept fairly
          apprised of the progression of the litigation; (ii) to consult with
          such national coordinating counsel regarding material Court filings
          made on behalf of the Company or a Secured Customer on a timely basis
          in advance of making such filings; and (iii) to keep such national
          coordinating counsel advised of settlement negotiations at least
          bimonthly. SDA and Common Counsel shall endeavor to contact the
          Company and the Secured Customers through the Company's national
          coordinating counsel. National coordinating counsel will be provided
          reasonable access to the files of Common Counsel for the review and
          copying of such files on all matters related to the joint defense.

          7.  The Company will cooperate fully with SDA, and will use best
efforts to obtain the Secured Customers' cooperation with SDA, in the
investigation and defense of Claims, including, but not limited to, making its
or their records and personnel available to SDA and its attorneys and providing
witnesses to present testimony at any trial, arbitration, or proceeding, if
requested to do so, and consulting with SDA's attorneys prior to providing any
documents or information to any claimant or any person acting on behalf of a
claimant. SDA will also cooperate in the defense of Claims in cases in which it
is not a party. The Company agrees promptly to instruct all counsel which, prior
to the date of this 

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
 
Agreement, have represented the Company in connection with any Claim (i) to
provide counsel for SDA with copies of all written communications, and to
disclose to counsel for SDA the substance of all oral communications, made prior
to the date of this Agreement to counsel for any plaintiff in any Claim (other
than documents or oral statements either previously provided to counsel for SDA
or exclusively in respect of procedural issues); and (ii) except with respect to
a Withdrawn Claim (as defined in paragraph 13 below) to refrain from oral or
written communications with any such plaintiff's counsel (x) without providing
Common Counsel prior notice of the opportunity to attend, or (y) as authorized
by counsel for SDA, or (z) as required by law.

          8.  The Company represents and agrees that (a) no default judgment on
any Claim has been entered against it or to its knowledge any of its Secured
Customers as of the date of this Agreement, and it will not, and will use best
efforts to cause its Secured Customers not to, knowingly permit a default
judgment to be taken against it or them hereafter without SDA's express written
consent; (b) neither it nor, to its knowledge, any of its Secured Customers has
knowingly made, and it will not, and will use best efforts to cause its Secured
Customers not to, knowingly make, any admission of liability for any Claim; and
(c) neither it nor, to its knowledge, any of its Secured Customers has entered
into any agreement for the compromise or settlement of any Claim (except for any
such agreements as have been identified in writing to SDA prior to execution of
this Agreement) or will hereafter enter into any 

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
 
agreements for the compromise or settlement of any Claim without SDA's consent
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any such settlement
payment made shall be subject to paragraph 2(d) above.

          9.  (a)  In the event of any material breach by the Company or by SDA
          of this Agreement, then the other party ("the non-breaching party")
          may, at its sole option, waive the breach or, in addition to any other
          remedies provided herein (including, without limitation, arbitration
          pursuant to paragraph 15), (i) terminate this Agreement or (ii)
          terminate this Agreement with respect to any Claim the defense of
          which has been materially adversely affected by such breach. If the
          party alleged to be in material breach disputes the grounds for
          termination of the Agreement, then such party must submit the matter
          to arbitration within 30 days after the notice of termination or be
          deemed to have accepted it.
               (b) The failure of a Secured Customer to comply with the
          provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a breach of this
          Agreement by the Company entitling SDA to invoke the termination
          rights in subparagraph (a) above if and so long as the Company has
          exercised, and continues to exercise, its best efforts to persuade the
          Secured Customer to comply.
               (c) In the event of a material breach by the Company, and in
          addition to the remedy in subparagraph (a) above, SDA may seek to
          reduce (in whole or in part) the portion of any settlement or judgment
          it must pay under this Agreement to the 

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
 
          extent such amount was adversely affected by such breach. If the
          Company disputes any such reduction in payment, then SDA must submit
          the matter to arbitration pursuant to paragraph 15 hereof. Should SDA
          reduce its portion of any settlement or judgment as provided herein,
          the Company shall not be required to pay any part or all of said
          settlement or judgment by virtue of this provision except by order of
          the arbitrators.
               (d) SDA may also invoke the provisions of paragraph 9(c) above to
          seek to reduce its obligation as to amounts attributable to a Secured
          Customer in a situation described in paragraph 9(b) above.
               (e) Nothing contained in this paragraph 9 shall limit the right
          of a party to terminate this Agreement pursuant to paragraph 16 of
          this Agreement.

          10.  SDA shall be solely responsible for retaining and supervising
claims adjusters for Claims, except for any Claims asserted before the date
hereof for which the Company has engaged an adjuster who has already contacted
the claimant or the claimant's lawyer or representative (the "Contacted
Claimants"), and the Company agrees not to retain claims adjusters for any other
Claims. The Company has, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement,
provided SDA with a list of all such Contacted Claimants, specifying the
responsible adjuster and the status of the Claims. SDA will pay all costs of the
adjusters retained by it and, beginning with the date of this Agreement, all
reasonable costs of adjusters previously retained by the Company for purposes 

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
of adjusting Claims of Contacted Claimants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
SDA shall fail to retain and supervise such claims adjusters in a timely manner,
as a result of which the Company or the Secured Customers may be adversely
prejudiced, the Company shall have the right to retain and supervise such
adjusters at SDA's expense.

          11.  Adjusters retained by SDA will keep the Company's national
coordinating counsel (if any) and/or its insurer fully apprised of the status of
all Claims not in litigation on at least a bimonthly basis. Adjusters retained
by the Company in respect of Contacted Claimants shall keep SDA apprised of the
status of such Claims as reasonably requested by SDA, and such adjusters shall
be available to pursue settlement as requested by SDA.

          12.  (a)  SDA may settle any Claim without prior approval of or prior
          notice to the Company or any Secured Customer if such settlement makes
          no admissions, acknowledges no liabilities, includes an unconditional
          release of the Company and any involved Secured Customers and either
          (i) the amount of the settlement is $5,000 or less, or (ii) the
          Company or any Secured Customer will have no responsibility for
          payment of such settlement pursuant to paragraph 2 hereof. If SDA
          shall settle a Claim without prior notice to the Company or any
          Secured Customer, SDA shall provide prompt notice of the settlement
          thereafter.
               (b) SDA may settle any Claim with prior notice to the Company or
          any Secured Customer for an amount in excess of 

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
          $5,000 if the Company or any of its Secured Customers may have some
          responsibility for payment of such settlement pursuant to paragraph 2,
          but only if SDA has given the Company a timely Notice of Exclusion
          with respect to such Claim as required by paragraph 2(e) hereof. Any
          such settlement shall make no admissions, acknowledge no liabilities,
          and include an unconditional release of the Company and any involved
          Secured Customers. If SDA intends to assert any claim against the
          Company for contribution pursuant to paragraph 2(b) relating to the
          settlement, such prior notice of the settlement will also contain
          notice of such intent, stating the portion of the settlement amount
          expected to be so claimed by SDA and an explanation in reasonable
          detail of SDA's basis for such claim. SDA shall have no obligation to
          delay settlement to await a response from the Company or any Secured
          Customer, but SDA will endeavor to give the Company or any Secured
          Customer such reasonable period to respond as will not jeopardize the
          opportunity to settle. It is agreed that neither party is the agent or
          the attorney in fact of the other party and cannot bind the other
          party to any settlement agreement in any Claim or suit.
               (c) Whether the provisions of paragraphs 2(a) or 2(b) of this
          Agreement apply to the settlement of any Claim, unless the parties
          hereto have agreed otherwise all amounts payable to the plaintiff or
          claimant in such settlement shall be advanced by SDA, without
          prejudice to SDA's rights to seek 

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
 
          reimbursement pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 2(b) and, in the
          event of disagreement, to arbitrate the dispute pursuant to the
          provisions of paragraph 15, and in any such arbitration the Company
          may raise any disagreement it may have had regarding the amount of
          settlement. If SDA settles any Claim against itself in an action in
          which a Claim is also asserted against the Company, such settlement
          will also extend to and cover the Company. SDA shall expressly extend
          releases achieved by such settlement to cover the Company's Secured
          Customer(s); provided, however, that the
                       --------  -------          
          Company's Secured Customer(s) have participated with SDA in the common
          defense and have executed a waiver of conflicts satisfactory to SDA.

          13.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, the Company may elect not to be represented by Common Counsel, or to
terminate its representation by Common Counsel, in respect of any particular
Claim (each such election by the Company, an "Election") in the event that the
Company determines in its sole discretion that representation of the Company by
Common Counsel in respect of such Claim is not or may not be in the best
interest of the Company (each Claim in respect of which the Company makes an
Election, a "Withdrawn Claim"). Any Election (i) shall be made in writing and
shall expressly refer to this paragraph 13, and (ii) shall be effective when
delivered to SDA and, in the event that Common Counsel has represented the
Company in defending the Claim to which such Election relates, to Common
Counsel. It is agreed that SDA's obligations under paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 6 of
this 

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
 
Agreement shall be inapplicable with respect to any Withdrawn Claim, and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that SDA shall have no
obligation (i) to make any indemnification or other payment to the Company
pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any Withdrawn Claim, or (ii) to provide
or pay for any national coordinating counsel for the Company in respect of any
Withdrawn Claim; provided, however, that nothing in the foregoing sentence shall
                 --------  -------                                              
affect the obligation of SDA to pay any fees or disbursements of Common Counsel
incurred in defending the Company in a Claim prior to the date of an Election by
the Company with respect to that Claim. In addition, the Company irrevocably
waives any right it may have (whether under this Agreement, at common law or
otherwise) to recover from SDA or any SDA Affiliate any fees or disbursements of
any counsel (other than Common Counsel) incurred by the Company in connection
with any Withdrawn Claim or the defense thereof.

          14.  Each of SDA and the Company hereby covenant during the term of
this Agreement not to sue or to assert any cross-claim, third-party claim, or
other claim against the other or against any SDA Affiliate or against any
parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of the Company in respect of any Claim, but the
foregoing shall not preclude a judicial action to compel arbitration or to
enforce an award resulting from an arbitration pursuant to the provisions of
paragraph 15. The Company covenants to use its best efforts to cause its Secured
Customers to covenant during the term of this Agreement not to sue or to assert
any cross-claim, third-party 

                                      -25-
<PAGE>
 
claim, or other claim against SDA or any SDA Affiliate, in which event SDA will
agree not to assert any such claims against such Secured Customers or their
parents, subsidiaries, or affiliates in respect of any Claim. If the Company or
any Secured Customer (whether or not such Secured Customer shall have agreed not
to do so) shall bring any claim against SDA or any SDA Affiliate in respect of a
Claim, SDA shall have available the remedies provided in the last sentence of
paragraph 6(b) and paragraph 9(d) hereof. The provisions of this paragraph only
apply for so long as this Agreement is in effect. After termination by any
party, cross-claims, third-party claims or other claims may be brought without
restriction. Each party hereto waives any statute of limitations, any defense of
laches, and any procedural rules of court which apply to the assertion of cross-
claims, third-party claims, or other claims against each other relating to any
Claim for the period from the date hereof through the date that is one year from
and after the latest of (i) the date a settlement is entered into with the
claimant/plaintiff relating to such Claim, (ii) the date a nonappealable, final
judgment relating to such Claim is entered as to any party hereto; and (iii) the
date of termination of this Agreement. Each party also agrees that no pleading,
discovery response, order, verdict, judgment, or court decision in any lawsuit
asserting a Claim shall have collateral-estoppel or similarly preclusive effect
with respect to any litigation or other proceedings between the parties.

          15.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to 

                                      -26-
<PAGE>
 
this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in
accordance with the Center for Public Resources Rules for Non-Administered
Arbitration of Business Disputes (the "CPR Rules"), by three arbitrators, of
whom each party shall appoint one and the third shall be the Chairman. The
arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. ch.
1, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any
court having jurisdiction thereof. Arbitration shall take place in a city to be
agreed upon by the parties or, in the absence of agreement, in New York City,
Chicago, Atlanta, Los Angeles, or San Francisco (whichever city is
geographically closest to the venue of the Claim out of which the matter is to
be arbitrated), subject to the power of the arbitrators to hold hearings or
meetings wherever they deem it appropriate. The arbitrators shall apply the
substantive law of the State of New York. Arbitration of disputes concerning the
parties' payment obligations in respect of a judgment rendered on a Claim shall
be based on the trial record with respect to such Claim and such further
evidence as either party may present to the arbitrators. Arbitration of disputes
concerning the parties' payment obligations in respect of a settlement of a
Claim shall be based on the pretrial record developed with respect to such Claim
and such further evidence as either party may present to the arbitrators. No
pleading, discovery response, order, verdict, judgment or court decision in any
lawsuit asserting a Claim shall have a collateral-estoppel or similarly
preclusive effect with respect to an

                                      -27-
<PAGE>
 
arbitration to determine the proximate cause of the personal injuries or the
cause of damages giving rise to the liability (the responsibility for which is
being disputed in the arbitration). The parties agree that discovery authorized
by the arbitrators can be pursued anywhere in the world and that each will
cooperate to accomplish same. Any party obstructing orderly discovery can be
sanctioned at the discretion of the Chairman. As provided in the CPR Rules,
attorneys' fees and costs may be awarded to a prevailing party as part of the
arbitral award.

          16.  Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time in the
event the terminating party is entitled to do so under Paragraph 9(a). In
addition, SDA may terminate this Agreement in the event that (i) the Company has
made an Election in respect of one or more Claims and (ii) SDA determines in its
sole discretion that the exercise of the right by the Company to make such
Election is or may be prejudicial to SDA. Paragraphs 2, 4, 13 and 15 (with
respect only to all settlements and judgments entered into or awarded prior to
termination), paragraph 6(c) (except in respect of any Withdrawn Claim), this
paragraph 16 and paragraph 17 shall survive termination of this Agreement. In
addition, SDA will have the right to terminate this Agreement with respect to a
Claim, and promptly retender the defense of a Claim back to the Company, in the
event it is determined (and SDA shall have the burden of proof to establish)
that such Claim arises solely out of LTCPs and is based upon LT contained
therein acquired from some person or entity other than SDA (directly or
indirectly), or that the LTCPs sold by 

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
 
the Company to the claimant contained no LT sold by SDA; provided, however, that
                                                         --------  ------- 
the right of termination granted to SDA in this sentence may be exercised no
later than sixty (60) days prior to the date of commencement of the trial,
arbitration or mediation of such Claim.

          Notwithstanding termination, SDA shall be responsible for adjustment
costs for services rendered pursuant to paragraph 10 and the Company's national
coordinating counsels' fees and costs pursuant to paragraph 6 (except as
otherwise provided in paragraph 13), incurred prior to termination. Once
terminated, this Agreement will not survive or affect the rights of the parties
except as specifically set forth in this paragraph.

          17.  Communications concerning and/or the exchange of information or
materials of any kind between or among the parties hereto or their counsel,
Secured Customers, insurers, or adjusters concerning the Claims are and shall be
made in furtherance of the common defense of such Claims (whether pursued
through common or separate counsel) and are intended to be, and shall remain,
confidential and privileged to the full extent permitted under the attorney-
client privilege, work-product doctrine, trade secret privilege, and any other
applicable privilege or protective doctrine. Neither participation in this
Agreement nor the sharing of information pursuant to it is intended to reduce or
diminish the confidentiality of such information or to waive any privilege or
protection which may apply in the absence of such participation or sharing of
information. The obligations under this paragraph shall 

                                      -29-
<PAGE>
 
survive termination of this Agreement.

          This Agreement in no way restricts the rights of any party hereto to
use evidence against each other in any arbitration under this Agreement or
litigation between the parties hereto following termination of this Agreement.

          18.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties,
and replaces all prior agreements, if any, between or among the parties, with
respect to the settlement of Claims and to the allocation of responsibility
between the parties for the payment of settlements of or judgments on Claims. No
modifications of this Agreement shall be effective unless in a written agreement
properly executed by authorized representatives of each of the parties hereto.
Nothing in this Agreement shall amend or modify any agreement or understanding
between the parties hereto, or preclude any action, relating to reimbursement of
costs and expenses of the Company, and any other damages associated therewith,
incurred in connection with the product recall of LTCPs, nor shall this
paragraph preclude any party to argue the pertinence to proceedings between the
parties of purchase orders, invoices or other agreements between the parties
relating to the purchase and sale of LT.

          19.  Notices by either party to the other with respect to the subject
matter of this Agreement shall be provided by facsimile with confirming copy by
mail, addressed as follows:
          If to SDA:
          Showa Denko America, Inc.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>
 
          280 Park Avenue
          27th Floor, West Building
          New York, New York 10017
          tel: (212) 687-0773
          fax: (212) 573-9007
          Attention: President

          with a copy to:

          Christopher H. Lunding, Esq.
          Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton
          One Liberty Plaza
          New York, New York 10006
          tel: (212) 225-2000
          fax: (212) 225-3999

          If to the Company:

          Philip M. Kazin, Esq.
          Twin Laboratories, Inc.
          2120 Smithtown Avenue
          Ronkonkoma, New York  11779
          tel: (516) 467-3140
          fax: NONE

          With a copy to:

          Bud G. Holman, Esq.
          Kelley, Drye & Warren
          101 Park Avenue
          New York, NY 10178
          tel: (212) 808-7800
          fax: (212) 808-7729

The Company and SDA each reserves the right to change its address and/or
facsimile number for the purposes set forth above by giving fifteen (15) days'
prior written notice of such change to the other party either at its address for
the giving of notices set forth above in this paragraph or to such other address
as the party giving such notice shall have specified to the other party in the
manner set forth above.

          20.  The signatures of the representatives of SDA and the company at
the end of this Agreement constitute the representation 

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
 
by each that it is the duly authorized representative of SDA and the Company,
respectively, and that they are authorized to enter into this Agreement.

          21.  This Agreement shall be governed by the law of the State of New
York; provided, however, that if applying Federal law would result in upholding
      --------  -------                                                        
a claim of the attorney-client privilege, the work-product doctrine, the trade
secret privilege, or any other applicable privilege or protective doctrine which
otherwise would be lost or waived if New York law were to be applied, then
Federal law shall govern this Agreement insofar as such privilege or doctrine is
concerned.

          22.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original.

          23.  The Company represents, covenants, and agrees that (i) it will
cause its subsidiaries listed on Attachment 1 to fulfill each of the
obligations, representations, and warranties required of or made by the Company
in this Agreement; (ii) each of the obligations, representations, and warranties
required of or made by the Company will be deemed to have been made by or
required of the Company and each of its subsidiaries listed on Attachment 1;
(iii) a breach of such obligations, representations, or warranties by any one or
more of the subsidiaries listed on Attachment 1 that is not timely performed by
the Company deemed to be a breach by the Company; and (iv) the Company has full
authority to act for and bind its said subsidiaries, and can act for them, in
all matters covered by this Agreement. It is further agreed that each 

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
 
subsidiary listed on Attachment 1 shall be considered to be part of the Company
and shall be entitled to benefits under this Agreement only so long as it
remains a wholly-owned subsidiary (direct or indirect) of the Company, and the
Company shall no longer be responsible under this paragraph 23 for conduct of
any such subsidiary after the date the subsidiary ceases to be a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorized representatives.


                                  SHOWA DENKO AMERICA, INC.
                                  

                                  By _____________________________________
                                     Norio Masubuchi
                                     President


                                  TWIN LABORATORIES, INC.


                                  By _____________________________________
                                     Neil Blechman
                                     President

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
 
                                  Attachment 1
                 to Agreement Dated as of August _______, 1992
                    By and Between Showa Denko America, Inc.
                          and Twin Laboratories, Inc.

                              List of Subsidiaries
                              --------------------
NONE

                                      -35-

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.29
 
SDR Guaranty Agreement                               CONFIDENTIAL

                               GUARANTY AGREEMENT
                               ------------------

THIS GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of August __, 1992, by and between SHOWA DENKO
K.K. (the "Guarantor"), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
Japan, and Twin Laboratories, Inc. (the "Beneficiary"), a corporation organized
and existing under the laws of New York.

                              W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS the Beneficiary and SHOWA DENKO AMERICA, INC. ("SDA") have entered into
a written agreement dated as of the date of this Guaranty Agreement providing
(among other things) that SDA agrees to indemnify the Beneficiary from and
against certain obligations in respect of Claims relating to L-tryptophan
manufactured by the Guarantor, all to the extent specified and pursuant to the
terms and conditions contained in that agreement (that agreement, as the same
may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, referred to herein
as the "Agreement"), and

WHEREAS it is a requirement of the Agreement that SDA deliver the guaranty of
SDA's obligations under the Agreement to the Beneficiary contained in this
Guaranty Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Guarantor and the Beneficiary agree as follows:

1.   Guaranty. (a) The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees (as
     --------                                                                  
primary obligor and not merely as surety) payment in full as provided in the
Agreement of all amounts payable by SDA under the Agreement, as and when those
amounts become payable by SDA pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in
the Agreement. The Guarantor further unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees
the performance by SDA, as and when required pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, of all obligations of SDA under the Agreement. The
Guaranty contained herein is made subject to all of the terms and conditions
contained in the Agreement evidencing the obligations of SDA guaranteed hereby,
and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to amend or modify any of such
terms or conditions in any way.

(b)  This is a continuing Guaranty and a guaranty of payment (not merely of
     collection) and performance, and it shall remain in full force and effect
     until the later to occur of (i) termination of the Agreement in accordance
     with its terms and (ii) such time as all amounts payable by SDA under the
     Agreement have been validly, finally and irrevocably paid in full. This
     Guaranty shall not be affected in any way by the absence of any action to
     obtain those amounts from SDA. With respect to this Guaranty, the Guarantor
     waives all requirements as to presentment, demand for payment, demand for
     performance, notice of default, protest or notice of any kind regarding SDA
     or the breach by SDA of its obligations under the Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
(c)  This Guaranty shall not be affected by the occurrence of any circumstance
     (other than complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute
     a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.  If SDA
     merges or consolidates with or into another entity, loses its separate
     legal identity or ceases to exist, or files any petition for bankruptcy or
     any other insolvency proceeding, the Guarantor shall nonetheless continue
     to be liable for the payment of all amounts payable by SDA under the
     Agreement and for the performance of all obligations of SDA under the
     Agreement.

(d)  This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect or shall be reinstated
     (as the case may be) if at any time any payment by SDA made pursuant to the
     Agreement, in whole or in part, is rescinded or must otherwise be returned
     by the Beneficiary upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of SDA
     or otherwise, all to the same extent as if that payment had not been made.

(e)  So long as any amount payable by SDA under the Agreement is overdue and
     unpaid, the Guarantor shall not (i) exercise any right of subrogation or
     indemnity, or similar right or remedy, against SDA or any of its assets or
     property in respect of any amount paid by the Guarantor under this Guaranty
     or (ii) file a proof of claim in competition with the Beneficiary for any
     amount owing to the Guarantor by SDA on any account whatsoever in the event
     of the bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation of SDA.

2.   Contractual Currency.  All payments by the Guarantor under this Guaranty
     --------------------                                                    
shall be made in United States currency.

3.   No Conflict With Law; Remedies Not Exclusive. (a) Neither the execution or
     --------------------------------------------                              
delivery of this Guaranty Agreement by the Guarantor, nor the performance by the
Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, conflicts with or will result in the
breach of any applicable Japanese law, regulation or statute.

(b)  The rights and remedies set forth in the Agreement are in addition to and
     not exclusive of any rights and remedies available to the Beneficiary by
     law in respect of this Guaranty.

4.   Amendments, Waivers.  All amendments, waivers and modifications of or to
     -------------------                                                     
any provision of this Guaranty and any consent to departure by the Guarantor
from the terms hereof shall be in writing and signed and delivered by the
Beneficiary and, in the case of any such amendment or modification, by the
Guarantor, and shall not otherwise be effective. Any such waiver or consent
shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which
it is given.

5.   Binding Effect. This Guaranty shall be binding on the Guarantor and its
     --------------                                                         
successors and assigns. However, the Guarantor shall not transfer any of its
obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Beneficiary, and
any purported transfer without that consent shall be void. This Guaranty shall
inure to the benefit of the Beneficiary and its successors and assigns.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
6.   Governing Law: Jurisdiction: Waiver of Jury Trial. (a) This Guaranty shall
     -------------------------------------------------                         
be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the law of the
State of New York.

(b)  The Guarantor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the
     courts of the State of New York and of the United States sitting in the
     Borough of Manhattan in connection with any action or proceeding by the
     Beneficiary to enforce the Guarantor's obligations under this Guaranty
     (each, a "Proceeding") and irrevocably appoints CT CORPORATION SYSTEM, 1633
     Broadway, New York, New York 10019 as its agent for the sole purpose of
     receiving service of process or other legal summons in connection with any
     Proceeding brought in any such court. So long as the Guarantor has any
     obligation under this Guaranty, it will maintain a duly appointed agent in
     New York City for the service of such process or summons and, if it fails
     to maintain such an agent, any such process or summons may be served on it
     by mailing a copy thereof to the Guarantor at its address set forth, and in
     the manner provided, in Paragraph 7 hereof, with such service deemed
     effective on the fifteenth day after the date of such mailing.

(c)  The Guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
     applicable law, any defense or objection it may now or hereafter have to
     the laying of venue of any Proceeding brought in the courts of the State of
     New York or of the United States sitting in the Borough of Manhattan (a
     Proceeding brought in any such court, a "New York Proceeding") and any
     claim that any Proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an
     inconvenient forum. Nothing herein contained shall preclude the Beneficiary
     from bringing an action or proceeding to enforce the Guarantor's
     obligations under this Guaranty in any other place where jurisdiction over
     the Guarantor properly may be obtained.

(d)  The Guarantor irrevocably agrees that it will not raise as a defense or
     set-off in any New York Proceeding an allegation that the Beneficiary is
     indebted to the Guarantor or SDA, or interpose a counter-claim in a New
     York Proceeding seeking recovery of any such alleged indebtedness, unless
     that indebtedness allegedly arose out of the same operative facts as form
     the basis of the Beneficiary's claims in that New York Proceeding.

(e)  The Guarantor and the Beneficiary each irrevocably waives trial by jury in
     any New York Proceeding.

(f)  The Guarantor and the Beneficiary each irrevocably agree that the party
     prevailing in any New York Proceeding shall be entitled to be awarded
     therein an amount equal to the reasonable fees and expenses of its
     attorneys incurred in connection with that Proceeding.

7.   Enforcement in Japan. The Guarantor solemnly covenants that in the event
     --------------------                                                    
that a final, non-appealable judgment is rendered against it in a New York
Proceeding (any such final, non-appealable judgment, a "Judgment"), the
Guarantor (i) will not raise any defense to the enforcement of such Judgment in
Japan which would, or seeks to, require relitigation of that New York
Proceeding; and (ii) will do everything within its power to assure that such

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
Judgment becomes enforceable in Japan as soon as is possible under Japanese law
after the time enforcement of such Judgment is sought in that country.

8.   Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications to the
     -------                                                                
Guarantor or the Beneficiary which are required or permitted hereunder shall be
made in writing and shall be deemed properly given hereunder when provided by
confirmed facsimile transmission, with a separate confirming copy sent by United
States registered mail, return receipt requested, with sufficient postage
prepaid thereon to carry it to its addressed destination, as follows:

     SHOWA DENKO K.K.
     13-9, Shiba Daimon 1-chome
     Minato-ku, Tokyo 105
     Japan
     Attention: President
     --------------------
     Facsimile: 011-81-3-5470-3709

with a copy to:

     CLEARY, GOTTLIEB, STEEN & HAMILTON
     One Liberty Plaza
     New York, New York 10006
     Attention: Christopher H. Lunding, Esq.
     ---------------------------------------
     Facsimile: 212-225-3999

If to the Beneficiary:

     Twin Laboratories, Inc.
     2120 Smithtown Avenue
     Ronkonkoma, NY 11779
     Attention: Philip M. Kazin, Esq.
     --------------------------------
     Confirmation: (516) 467-3140

with a copy to:

     Kelley, Drye, & Warren
     101 Park Avenue
     New York, NY 10178
     Attention: Bud G. Holman, Esq.
     ------------------------------
     Facsimile: (212) 808-7899

The Guarantor and the Beneficiary each reserves the right to change its address
and/or facsimile number for the purposes set forth above by giving fifteen days'
prior written notice of such change to the other either at its address for the
giving of notices set forth in the

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
Agreement or to such other address as the party giving such notice shall have
specified to the other party in the manner set forth above.

9.   Headings. The section headings in this Guaranty are for convenience of
     --------                                                              
reference only and shall not affect the meaning or construction of any provision
hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Guarantor and the Beneficiary each has duly executed this
Guaranty Agreement as of the date first written above.

SHOWA DENKO K.K.

By:  
   ------------------------------
     Daiya Miyoshi
     Representative Director
     and Executive Vice President


TWIN LABORATORIES, INC.

By:
   ------------------------------
     Neil Blechman
     Vice President

                                      -5-

<PAGE>
 
                                                                 
                                                              EXHIBIT 23.1     
 
             INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE
   
Twinlab Corporation (formerly TLG Laboratories Holding Corp.)     
Ronkonkoma, New York
   
  We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No.
333-05191 of Twinlab Corporation (formerly TLG Laboratories Holding Corp.) on
Form S-1 of our report dated February 9, 1996 (May 7, 1996 as to Notes 1 and
16a and June 4, 1996 as to Note 16b), appearing in the Prospectus, which is a
part of such Registration Statement, and to the references to us under the
heading "Selected Historical Financial Data" and "Experts" in such Prospectus.
       
  Our audits of the financial statements referred to in our aforementioned
report also included the financial statement schedule of Twinlab Corporation
(formerly TLG Laboratories Holding Corp.) listed in Part II at Item 16(b).
This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.
In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation
to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.     
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Jericho, New York
   
July 10, 1996     


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission